PRESSURE TABLEOFCONTENTS

Transcription

1 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS pages 2-3 Differential Pressure Switches pages Single Pressure Gages, Digital pages Differential Pressure Gages pages 4-11, Differential Pressure Transmitters, Air &Gas pages 44-49, Single Pressure Gages/ Switches/Transmitters, Digital pages Manometers, Stationary pages Room Status Monitor page 50 Single Pressure Switches pages Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Digital pages Differential Pressure Transmitters, Liquids &Gas pages Single Pressure Data Loggers page 95 Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial pages Single Pressure Gages, Dial pages Single Pressure Transmitters pages TABLEOFCONTENTS CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

2 Typical Applications Differential pressure gage assists operator in adjusting venturi pressure drop in dust scrubber. This scrubber design removes unwanted dust or particulate matter from air or gas using an adjustable throat venturi. To adjust the pressure drop across the venturi, a jack-screw-actuated sliding vane varies the slot width. A permanently mounted Dwyer Magnehelic differential pressure gage indicates the venturi pressure drop while the operator adjusts to the desired or design setting. Where water may possibly enter the gage sensing lines, as in this application, drop legs with drain valves are needed to permit draining the lines at their lowest point. Good engineering practice dictates that the Magnehelic gage always be mounted above the sensing tap when possible to prevent moisture accumulation in the lines and gage. At minimum, mount the gage above the lowest point in the sensing lines. Gasoline vapor recovery system. Some area pollution control agencies require that 90% or more of gasoline vapor vented at service stations when fuel is dispensed must be prevented from venting to atmosphere. Using a dual hose dispenser, this vapor recovery system is a vacuum assist, vapor burnoff type. The blower creates a low vacuum at the nozzle, routing vapor from the automobile tank to underground storage tanks. As uncondensed vapor pressure reaches 2 in to 3 in w.c. pressure, a Dwyer 1950 explosion-proof differential pressure switch activates a rooftop burnoff unit, which ignites excess vapor. The Magnehelic differential pressure gage mounted on the station wall monitors tank pressure to verify system operation. The gage is calibrated in inches of gasoline, from +6 to -2. This allows the operator to determine the necessary level correction due to tank pressure prior to dipsticking the tanks through the fill pipe. Dwyer gages indicate pressurization of special rooms. A zero-center Dwyer Magnehelic differential pressure gage with an 0.25 in w.c. range either side of zero makes an effective monitor for proper operation of room pressurization systems. In the example, differential gage B has its high pressure port open to room 2 and its low pressure port to room 1; gage A has its high pressure port open to room 1 and its low pressure port open to the atmosphere. With the makeup air supply damper adjusted properly, room 2 will be a higher pressure than room 1 which is at higher than atmospheric pressure; both gages will read positive. Should the air supply to room 2 be obstructed, gage B will read negative. If the air supply fails entirely, both gages will read zero. For even better security, a Photohelic switch/gage will provide automatic alarm or start-up of a backup system. Filling scuba diver s air tanks. The Dwyer DPG with oxygen cleaning and 5000 psi range is used in gas blending applications for filling scuba diver's air tanks. The DPG is the master mixing gage in this manifold apparatus. Two or three gases may be blended with the manifold to produce the appropriate blend of breathable gas depending on the diver and the depths they will reach. With the flow adjustment knobs and the 0.25% full scale accuracy DPG, precise tank charging rates are maintained. 2

3 Typical Applications Compact switch/gage monitors pressure, actuates alarm. This portable pressure monitor alarm utilizes a Dwyer Mini-Photohelic differential pressure switch/gage to monitor either positive pressure, as in a clean room, or negative pressure, as in a fume or paint spray hood. It sounds an alarm, both audible and visual, when pressure exceeds either a preset high or low limit. The unit can be used temporarily to verify proper operation after initial installation. Or it can be mounted permanently for continuous monitoring. In applications where a single fixed alarm pressure level is sufficient, a differential pressure switch can be used instead. Zero-center switch/gage controls the inert atmosphere in glove box. A controlled inert atmosphere glove-boxž is used in the fields of physical chemistry and metallurgy for handling and welding special or hazardous materials. A Dwyer Photohelic differential pressure switch/gage serves as an automatic and readily adjustable pressure control for the helium, argon or nitrogen gas used in the system. The box is first evacuated, then pressurized with the required gas. Therefore, a zerocenter Photohelic switch/gage is used, permitting both pressure and vacuum to be read and controlled by a single gage. Use of the low pressure gage connection (rear chamber of gage) and a Buna-N diaphragm is suggested to minimize leaks from or to the atmosphere. Mercoid DA pressure switch maintains desired gas pressure in tank. Demand for compressed gas varies in this gas line. So a Mercoid DA adjustable deadband pressure switch is included to turn the compressor on at low pressure and off when the maximum pressure is reached. Three-valve manifold simplifies installation of wet/wet differential pressure transmitter. When using differential pressure transmitters in fluid applications, it is essential to periodically make sure that there is no air in the system, as this can cause erroneous readings. Unfortunately, the necessary three-valve bleed system is often expensive and large, making installation difficult and bulky. For this reason, Dwyer Instruments, Inc. offers the 3V option on all 629 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters. This compact, lightweight, and economical bleed manifold is shipped factory-installed on the 629, eliminating the hassle of constructing a custom apparatus. The 629, when combined with the three-valve option, makes for an ideal setup to monitor hydraulic filter clogging or other fluid pressure sensing applications. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

4 Differential Pressure Gages 2000 Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gages Indicate Positive, Negative or Differential, Accurate within 2%.025 [.64] SPACE CREATED BY 3 SPACER PADS WHEN SURFACE MOUNTED. DO NOT OBSTRUCT. PROVIDES PATH FOR RELIEF OF OVER. Ø4-3/4 [120.65] Ø4-1/2 [114.3] 1-1/4 [31.75] RUBBER RELIEF PLUG WILL UNSEAT ITSELF WHEN GAGE IS OVERPRESSURIZED 1-1/4 [31.75] 15/32 [11.91] 1-11/16 [42.86] 17/32 [13.49] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 7/16 [11.11] 17/32 [13.49] ø4-3/4 [120.65] PANEL CUTOUT 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION RoHS [3] 6-32 X 3/16 [4.76] DEEP HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A Ø4-1/8 [104.78] BOLT CIRCLE FOR PANEL MOUNTING 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] 11/16 [17.46] 1/2 [12.70] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION ø5-1/2 [139.70] MOUNTING RING Select the Dwyer Magnehelic gage for high accuracy guaranteed within 2% of full-scale and for the wide choice of 81 models available to suit your needs precisely. Using Dwyer's simple, frictionless Magnehelic gage movement, it quickly indicates low air or non-corrosive gas pressures either positive, negative (vacuum) or differential. The design resists shock, vibration and over-pressures. No manometer fluid to evaporate, freeze or cause toxic or leveling problems. It's inexpensive, too. The Magnehelic gage is the industry standard to measure fan and blower pressures, filter resistance, air velocity, furnace draft, pressure drop across orifice plates, liquid levels with bubbler systems and pressures in fluid amplifier or fluidic systems. It also checks gas-air ratio controls and automatic valves, and monitors blood and respiratory pressures in medical care equipment. MOUNTING A single case size is used for most models of Magnehelic gages. They can be flush or surface mounted with standard hardware supplied. Although calibrated for vertical position, many ranges above 1 may be used at any angle by simply rezeroing. However, for maximum accuracy, they must be calibrated in the same position in which they are used. These characteristics make Magnehelic gages ideal for both stationary and portable applications. A 4-9/16 hole is required for flush panel mounting. Complete mounting and connection fittings, plus instructions, are furnished with each instrument.❶ ACCESSORIES Scan here to watch product video A-432 Portable Kit Combine carrying case with any Magnehelic gage of standard range, except high pressure connection. Includes 9 ft (2.7 m) of 3/16 ID rubber tubing, standhang bracket and terminal tube with holder. ø4-1/2 [114.3] 15/32 [11.91] 2-17/32 [64.29] ø5 [127] ø4-47/64 [120.27] 3/16 [4.76] 11/16 [17.46] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases (natural gas option available). Note: May be used with hydrogen. Order a Buna-N diaphragm. Pressures must be less than 35 psi. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing: Die cast aluminum case and bezel, with acrylic cover. Exterior finish is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Accuracy: ±2% of FS (±3% on - 0, -100 Pa, -125 Pa, 10MM and ±4% on - 00, -60 Pa, -6MM ranges), throughout range at 70 F (21.1 C). Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 15 psig ( to bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar). Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 bar), standard gages only.❷ 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/2 [12.70] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Temperature Limits: 20 to 140 F* (-6.67 to 60 C). -20 F (-28 C) with low temperature option. Size: 4 (101.6 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT duplicate high and low pressure taps - one pair side and one pair back. Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (510 g), MP & HP 2 lb 2 oz (963 g). Standard Accessories: Two 1/8 NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, two 1/8 pipe thread to rubber tubing adapter, and three flush mounting adapters with screws. (Mounting and snap ring retainer substituted for three adapters in MP & HP gage accessories.) Agency Approval: RoHS. Note:-SP models not RoHS approved. For applications with high cycle rate within gage total pressure rating, next higher rating is recommended. See Medium and High pressure options. A-605 Air Filter Gage Accessory Kit Adapts any standard Magnehelic gage for use as an air filter gage. Includes aluminum surface mounting bracket with screws, two 5 ft (1.5 m) lengths of 1/4 aluminum tubing two static pressure tips and two molded plastic vent valves, integral compression fittings on both tips and valves. Flush, Surface or Pipe Mounted A-605B Air Filter Gage Accessory Kit, Air filter kit with two plastic open/close valves, two 4 steel static tips, plastic tubing and mounting flange A-605C Air Filter Gage Accessory Kit, Air filter kit with two plastic open/close valves, two plastic static tips, plastic tubing and mounting flange Enclosure Mounted ❶See page 7 (Magnehelic Gage Mounting Accessories) ❷Over Protection Note: See page 5 ( 2000) 4

5 2000 Magnehelic Gage s & s Bezel provides flange for flush mounting in panel. Clear plastic face is highly resistant to breakage. Provides undistorted viewing of pointer and scale. Precision litho-printed scale is accurate and easy to read. Calibrated range spring is flat spring steel. Small amplitude of motion assures consistency and long life. It reacts to pressure on diaphragm. Live length adjustable for calibration. Red tipped pointer of heat treated aluminum tubing is easy to see. It is rigidly mounted on the helix shaft. Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer over-travel without damage. WishboneŽ assembly provides mounting for helix, helix bearings and pointer shaft. Jeweled bearings are shock-resistant mounted; provide virtually friction-free motion for helix. Motion damped with high viscosity silicone fluid. Helix is precision made from an alloy of high magnetic permeability. Mounted in jeweled bearings, it turns freely, following the magnetic field to move the pointer across the scale. Zero adjustment screw is conveniently located in the plastic cover, and is accessible without removing cover. O-ring seal provides pressure tightness. O-ring seal for cover assures pressure integrity of case. OVERPROTECTION Blowout plug is comprised of a rubber plug on the rear which functions as a relief valve by unseating and venting the gage interior when over pressure reaches approximately 25 psig (1.7 bar).to provide a free path for pressure relief, there are four spacer pads which maintain clearance when gage is surface mounted. Do not obstruct the gap created by these pads. The blowout plug is not used on models above 180 of water pressure, medium or high pressure models, or on gages which require an elastomer other than silicone for the diaphragm. The blowout plug should not be used as a system overpressure control. High supply pressures may still cause the gage to fail due to over pressurization, resulting in property damage or serious injury. Good engineering practices should be utilized to prevent your system from exceeding the ratings or any component. Die cast aluminum case is precision made and iridite-dipped to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Exterior finished in baked dark gray hammerloid. One case size is used for all standard pressure options, and for both surface and flush mounting. Silicone rubber diaphragm with integrally molded O-ring is supported by front and rear plates. It is locked and sealed in position with a sealing plate and retaining ring. Diaphragm motion is restricted to prevent damage due to overpressures. Samarium Cobalt magnet mounted at one end of range spring rotates helix without mechanical linkages. Differential Pressure Gages N * 2250* Inches of Water Zero Center s * 2215* 2220* 2230** CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM PSI , CM of Water Zero Center s CM CM CM These ranges calibrated for vertical scale position. Accuracy +/-3% Accuracy +/-4% *MP option standard **HP option standard MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM Zero Center s MM MM MM NPA PA PA PA PA PA PA PA PA MM of Water , Pa Zero Center s, Pa PA PA PA PA PA PA PA PA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA KPA Zero Center s KPA KPA KPA KPA Dual Scale English/Metric s D D 2001D 2002D 2003D 2004D 2005D 2006D 2008D 2010D 2015D 2020D 2025D 2050D 2060D, kpa , in w.c Dual Scale Air Velocity Units For use with pitot tube in W.C./ Velocity F.P.M AV 0-.25/ AV 0-.50/ AV 0-1.0/ AV 0-2.0/ AV 0-5.0/ AV 0-10/ , Pa or kpa 0-62 Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa kpa kpa kpa kpa kpa kpa 0-5 kpa kpa kpa 0-15 kpa VELOCITY AND VOLUMETRIC FLOW UNITS Scales are available on the Magnehelic that read in velocity units (FPM, m/s) or volumetric flow units (SCFM, m 3 /s, m 3 /h). Stocked velocity units with dual range scales in inches w.c. and feet per minute are shown above. For other ranges contact the factory. When ordering volumetric flow scales please specify the maximum flow rate and its corresponding pressure. Example:0.5 in w.c. = 16,000 CFM. ACCESSORIES A-321, Safety Relief Valve A-448, 3-piece magnet kit for mounting Magnehelic gage directly to magnetic surface A-135, Rubber gasket for panel mounting A-401, Plastic Carry Case A-310A 3-Way Vent Valves In applications where pressure is continuous and the Magnehelic gage is connected by metal or plastic tubing which cannot be easily removed, we suggest using Dwyer A-310A vent valves to connect gage. Pressure can then be removed to check or re-zero the gage. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

6 Differential Pressure Gages Magnehelic Gage Options LEDSetpoint Indicator Bright red LED on right scale shows when setpoint is reached. Field adjustable from gage face, unit operates on VDC. Setpoint indicator option comes with medium pressure (MP)bezel. Note: 4-13/16 hole for flush mounting. To order add suffix -SP Adjustable Signal Flag Integral with plastic gage cover. Available for most models except those with medium or high pressure construction. Can be ordered with gage or separate. To order add suffix -ASF Transparent Overlays Furnished in red, yellow, or green to highlight and emphasize critical pressures. To order add suffix -R (Red) To order add suffix -Y (Yellow) To order add suffix -G (Green) Mirrored Scale Overlay A Mirrored Scale Overlay is also available to assist in reducing parallax error. To order add suffix -M MODELS FOR HIGH STATE APPLICATIONS Medium Pressure Option: for pressures to 35 psig. To order add suffix -MP High Pressure Option: for pressures to 80 psig. To order add suffix -HP AL BEZELS Stainless Steel Bezel Option: 304 Stainless Steel Electro polished Ra 16 finished bezel for the Magnehelic is now available. To order add suffix -SB Chrome BezelOption: A Chrome Plated Aluminum Bezel is now available on the Magnehelic gage for an aesthetically pleasing finish when mounting on metal surfaces such as control panels. To order add suffix -CB S To order, add suffix: I.E ASF LT, Low Temperatures to -20 F (-28 C) NIST, NIST traceable calibration certificate FC, factory calibration certificate 6

7 Magnehelic Gage Mounting Accessories MOUNTING. A single case size is used for most models of Magnehelic gages. They can be flush or surface mounted with standard hardware supplied. Complete mounting and connection fittings plus instructions are furnished with each instrument. A 4-9/16 hole is required for flush panel mounting. Flush mounting is easily accomplished with the new A-300 Flush Mounting bracket. This bracket provides a solution to quickly and conveniently flush mount the Magnehelic. The A-300 is ideal for mounting the Magnehelic on control panel doors. A-610 A-286 The A-368 is a simple bracket for quickly surface mounting the Magnehelic gage. After securing the Magnehelic to the A-368 bracket, mount the bracket on any flat surface. The A-369 allows the Magnehelic to be easily carried to locations where pressure readings need to be taken. The A-369 can stand on its own or hang on a nail or hook. PIPE A-610, Pipe Mounting Kit for installing on 1-1/4 to 2 horizontal or vertical pipe PANEL A-286, Magnehelic Gage Panel Mounting Flange PORTABLE A-369, Stand-Hang Bracket, aluminum, for Magnehelic gage Differential Pressure Gages A-369 A-369 Pressure Reference Port FLUSH A-300, Flush Mounting Bracket A-464, Flush Mount Kit for Magnehelic Gages A-300 A-300 A-464 A-368 A-368 A-299 A-371 A-320 Instrument Enclosure Protects Various Instruments SURFACE A-368, Surface Mounting Plate, aluminum, for Magnehelic gage A-299, Mounting Bracket, flush mount for Magnehelic Gage. Bracket is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammerloid epoxy finish A-371, Surface Mounting Bracket. Use with medium pressure (-MP) or high pressure (-HP) models only A-320-A A-320-B A-320-B With Gage Installed A-320-A With Gage Installed A-320 Instrument Enclosure protects instruments in all applications. The A-320-A fits standard Magnehelic size instruments (4-9/16 diameter) and the A-320-B fits standard 3000MR Photohelic switch/gage size instruments (4-13/16 diameter). Both models include silicone tubing, gage barbs and mounting hardware. A-320-A A-320-B Compatible Instruments 2000 Magnehelic Gages, DM-1000 Digital Differential Pressure Gages, DM-2000 Differential Pressure Transmitter 3000MR Photohelic Switch/Gage, 605 Magnehelic DifferentialPressure Transmitter, DH3 Digihelic Pressure Controller, 2000 Magnehelic Gage with medium and high pressure options Housing: ABS. Process Connections: Anodized aluminum. Enclosure Rating:NEMA 1 (IP10). Note: Check instruments rating. Weight: A-320-A:11.29 oz (320 g); A-320-B:16.23 oz (420 g). Gage Size Opening: A-320-A: 4-9/16 in ( mm); A-320-B: 4-13/16 in ( mm). CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

8 INCHES OF WATER MAX. 15 PSIG Differential Pressure Gages AT ATEX Approved 2000 Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage Magnehelic Gage in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure 6-19/64 [160.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 19/32 [15.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 1/8 15/16 NPT [24.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] /16 [65.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 19/32 [15.00] 5-9/32 [134.00] 1/8 NPT The popular Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage is now available in a flameproof ATEX enclosure with the new ATEX approved AT This gage can indicate positive, negative or differential pressures and is accurate within 2%. The Magnehelic gage is the industry standard to measure fan and blower pressures, filter resistance, air velocity, furnace draft, pressure drop across orifice plates, liquid levels with bubbler systems and pressures in fluid amplifier or fluidic systems. Optional gage construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar). Flameproof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum and include a glass window for viewing process pressures status on gage face. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. RANGECHART in w.c N.05 to 0 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 160 Example Housing Pressure Rating Temperature Rating Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT2 AT X X A 2XXX -X -MP -HP X LT -A O 1 X O 1 2 X OPV T2 T2 Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Magnehelic Housing: Die cast aluminum case & bezel with acrylic cover; Exterior finish is coated gray to withstand 168 hour salt spray corrosion test. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: ±2% of FS (±3% on -0, -100 Pa, -125 Pa, -10 mm and ±4% on -00, -60 Pa, -6 mm ranges), throughout range at 70 F (21.1 C). Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 15 psig ( bar to bar); MP option; 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). Overpressure: Relief plug opens at approximately 25 psig (1.72 bar), standard gages only.❶ Temperature Limits: 20 to 140 F (-6.67 to 60 C); Low temperature option: -20 F (-28.8 C); Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits are less than case limits). Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Weight: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg). ATEX Approved Product from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. AT22001-XX-A01XT2 ATEX Approved 2000 Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage Specify range by using Magnehelic model number. See r Chart Standard from -20 in Hg to 15 psig static pressure Medium pressure-max. static 35 psig High pressure-max. static 80 psig Standard temperature limits to 60 C Low temperature limit to C Aluminum Glass cover 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label ❶Over Protection Note: See page 5 ( 2000) 8

9 DM-1000 DigiMag Digital Differential Pressure and Flow Gages 24 Volt or Battery Powered, Fits in Magnehelic Gage Cut-Out Ø MENU WAKE DigiMag E Differential Pressure Gages The Digi-Mag DM-1000 Digital Differential Pressure and Flow Gages monitor the pressure of air and compatible gases, just as its famous analog predecessor the Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage. All models are factory calibrated to specific ranges as listed in the chart below. The 4-digit LCD can display readings in common English and metric units so conversions are not necessary. The simplified four button operation reduces set up time and simplifies calibration with its digital push button zero and span. The DigiMag Digital Gages are more versatile than analog gages with their ability to be field-programmed to select pressure, air velocity or flow operation depending on model. The DigiMag Digital Gages have an added feature for filter applications where a set point can be input where the display will blink when the filter is dirty, alerting the user that a maintenance action needs to occur. Programming the DM-1000 is easy using the menu key to access 4 simplified menus which provide access to depending on model: Security level; engineering units; K-factor for use with various Pitot tubes and flow sensors, circular or rectangular duct size for volumetric flow operation; filter set point; view peak and valley process readings; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; display update to conserve battery life; zero and span field calibration. The DM-1000 DigiMag Digital Differential Pressure and Air Flow Gages possess a full-scale accuracy of 1% on ranges down to 2 in w.c. and 2% accuracy down to the very low ranges of 1 in to 0.25 in w.c. DigiMag Digital Differential Pressure Gages offer power versatility by working with 9-24 VDC line power or simply 9V battery power. If using line power and connecting the 9V battery, the battery will act as a back-up if line power is lost or interrupted. ACCESSORIES A-299, Surface Mounting Bracket A-300, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket A-286, 4-1/2 Gage Panel Mounting Flange A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Materials: Glass filled plastic. Accuracy: ±1% FS including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability; ±2% FS for ranges 1 in w.c. and below. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-18 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Long Term Stability: ±1% FS per year. Thermal Effect: ±0.05% FS/ F typ.; ±0.10% FS/ F for ranges 1 in w.c. and below. Display: 4-digit LCD(digits:0.60H x 0.33W). Display Update: Selectable for 1 second to 10 minutes or update only from button push. Pressure Limits: Normal and bi-directional ranges 5 in w.c. and lower = 2 psi (13.7 kpa); Normal and bi-directional ranges 10 in w.c. and higher = 11 psi (75 KPa). Selectable Engineering Units: in w.c., psi, kpa, Pa, mm w.c., mbar, in Hg, mm Hg, FS(0-100%). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable or external power supply 9-24 VDC. Battery Service Life: Battery life depending on the display update setting: 150 hours (typical) if display update = 1 second; 9 month (typical) if display update = 10 minutes; 1.5 years (typical) if display update is disabled. Battery may last up to four times longer when using lithium-based battery ULTRALIFE U9VL-J. Current Consumption: 5 ma max. Electrical Connections: Removable terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG. Electrical Entry: Cable gland for to (2.9 to 6.4 mm)diameter cable. Process Connections:1/8 (3 mm) ID tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 1.18 lb(535 g). Size: 5 (127 mm) OD front face. Agency Approvals: CE. For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: DM-1103-NIST. DM-1102 DM-1103 DM-1104 DM-1105 DM-1107 DM-1108 DM-1109 DM-1110 DM-1111 DM-1112 (in w.c.) psi kpa Pa mbar mm w.c in Hg mm Hg % of FS Contact the factory for available bi-directional ranges from ±0.25 to ±10 in w.c. Note: For air flow models change -11XX to -12XX. Resolution (in w.c.) Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

10 Differential Pressure Gages Minihelic II Differential Pressure Gages Combining High Accuracy, Compactness, Dependability, and Low Cost 1-7/16 [36.51] 9/32 [7.14] Ø2-19/32 [65.88] 2-3/8 [60.33] Ø3-1/16 [77.79] 1 [25.40] MICHIGAN CITY, IN U.S.A. 2-21/64 [59.18] SURFACE MOUNT HOLES LOW PORT Ø7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT (2) Ø5/32 HOLES IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT HIGH PORT Ø7/16 [11.11] HOLE IN PANEL FOR SURFACE MOUNT RoHS Combining clean design, small size, and low cost with enough accuracy for all, but the most demanding applications our Minihelic II gage offers the latest in design features for a dial type differential pressure gage. It is our most compact gage, but is easy to read and can safely operate at total pressures up to 30 psig. The Minihelic II is designed for panel mounting in a single 2-5/8 diameter hole. Standard pressure connections are barbed fittings for 3/16 ID tubing; optional 1/8 male NPT connections are also available. Overpressure protection is built into the Minihelic II gage by means of a blow-out membrane molded in conjunction with the diaphragm. Accidental over-ranging up to the rated total pressure will not damage the gage. With removable lens and rear housing, the gage may be easily serviced at minimum cost. With the housing molded from mineral and glass filled nylon and the lens molded from acrylic, the gage will withstand rough use and exposure as well as high total pressure. The 5% accuracy and low cost of the Minihelic II gage make it well-suited for a wide variety of OEM and user applications. OEM applications include cabinet air purging, medical respiratory therapy equipment, air samplers, laminar flow hoods, and electronic air cooling systems. As an air filter gage, the Minihelic II gage finds many end use applications on large stationary engines, compressors, ventilators, and air handling units. The Minihelic II gage is suitable for many of the same applications as the Magnehelic gage where the greater accuracy, sensitivity, and higher and lower differential pressure ranges of the Magnehelic gage are not required. Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing: Glass filled nylon; acrylic lens. Accuracy: ±5% of FS at 70 F (21.1 C). Pressure Limits: 30 psig (2.067 bar) continuous to either pressure connection. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Size: 2-1/16 (52.39 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connections: Barbed, for 3/16 ID tubing (standard); 1/8 male NPT (optional). Weight: 6 oz (170.1 g). Agency Approvals: RoHS. CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases. CONNECTIONS A. The standard Minihelic II gage is supplied with two barbed pressure taps molded into the rear housing of the gage. These connections allow easy, fast connection to the gage using 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. B. For applications in systems having higher total operating pressures, optional male 1/8 NPT pressure connections can be supplied. Note: The oblong over-pressure vent hole on the back of the gage at the right of the connections. This vent is sealed by a membrane molded in conjunction with the diaphragm and will blow out at approximately 75 psi. A B 10

11 Housing is molded from strong mineral and glass filled nylon. Pointer stops of molded rubber prevent pointer over-travel without damage. Simplicity of Design Ensures Reliable Operation Full view lens is removable and molded of acrylic. Aluminum scale litho-printed black on white, enhances readability. Red tipped aluminum pointer, rigidly mounted to helix is easy to see. Wishbone assembly provides mounting for helix, helix bearings, and pointer shaft. Jewel bearings provide virtually friction-free helix motion. spring calibration clamp fixes live length of spring for proper gage calibration and is factory set and sealed. Silicone rubber diaphragm allows accurate response to a broad range of temperatures and at extremely low pressure. Incorporates blow out area for overpressure protection. Diaphragm support plates of lightweight aluminum on each side of the diaphragm minimize position or attitude sensitivity and help define pressure area. Flat leaf range spring reacts to pressure on the diaphragm. Live length is adjustable for calibration. Small amplitude of motion minimizes inaccuracies and assures long life. Low pressure tap connects to rear chamber. Differential Pressure Gages Helix is free to rotate in jewel bearings. It aligns with magnetic field of magnet to transmit pressure indications to pointer. Zero adjustment screw, located behind the removable lens, eliminates tampering. Coil spring link provides a resilient connection between the diaphragm and the range spring. Ceramic magnet mounted on a molded bracket at the end of the range spring rotates the helix without direct mechanical linkage. High pressure tap connects with the front chamber through passageway in the plastic case and a sealing ring molded into the edge of the diaphragm. SURFACEMOUNTING Optional surface mounting with back mounting plate allows for quick installation to any surface. Process connections are barbed and point downwards. Add -BB for bottom barbed surface mount option. PANELMOUNTING , Inches of Water , PSI MM MM MM PA PA PA KPA KPA, MM of Water , Pascals , kpa S For optional 1/8 male NPT connections, add suffix -NPT to model numbers listed above. Example: NPT. For optional bottom barbed surface mount, add suffix -BB to model numbers listed above. Example: BB. For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: NIST. For factory calibration certificate, add suffix -FC to model numbers. Example: FC. Mounting hardware is supplied with the Minihelic II gage for panel mounting through a single hole, 2-5/8 (67 mm) in diameter. Panel thickness up to 1/2 (13 mm) can be accommodated with the hardware supplied. If necessary, surface mounting of the gage can be accomplished by means of two 4-40 screws into the tapped mounting bracket stud holes in the rear of the gage. Surface mounting requires clearance holes in the panel for the two pressure taps. ACCESSORIES A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-434, Portable Kit A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-497, Surface Mtg. Brkt A-609, Air Filter Kit A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

12 Manometers, Stationary Mark II Mark II No. 25 inclined-vertical manometer. (shown with optional A-612 portable stand) Mark II Molded Plastic Manometers 3% Accuracy For Stationary And Portable Applications 1-1/4 [31.75] 1-1/8 [28.58] 2-1/4 [57.15] MAX 1-7/16 [35.53] 5/8 [15.88] 4-25/32 [121.44] 25/32 [19.84] 3-11/16 [93.66] 25/32 [19.84] 7-13/32 [188.12] Ø15/64 [5.95] MOUNTING HOLE Ø7/32 [5.56] HOLE 5-29/32 [150.02] 4-23/32 [119.86] 7/32 X 13/32 [5.56 X 10.32] MOUNTING SLOT 5-5/16 [134.95] MAX 2-31/32 [75.41] 4-5/8 [117.48] Mark II No inclined manometer 15/64 [5.95] x 13/32 [10.32] MOUNTING SLOT 10-5/8 [269.88] 25/32 [19.84] 2-1/4 [57.15] MAX 1-1/4 [31.75] 4 [101.60] Dwyer Mark II series molded manometers are of the inclined and inclined-vertical types. The curved inclined-vertical tube of the 25 gage provides higher ranges with more easily read increments at low readings. The 25 is excellent for general purpose work. The 40 inclined gage provides linear calibration and excellent resolution throughout its range. The 40 is ideally suited for air velocity and air filter gage applications. Both gage types are capable of pressure measurements above and below atmospheric as well as differential pressure measurements. CONSTRUCTION Mark II manometers are economically priced, compact and available in both stationary and portable configurations. Portable stand is standard on 40, available as optional A-612 stand for 25. Construction is simple with virtually indestructible molded white styrene-acrylonitrile housing, indicating tube and fluid wells, molded ABS knobs and zero adjust plunger, shock mounted glass level vial and leak proof O ring seals. Moderate overpressures are accommodated by an overflow tank incorporated In the 25. Greater protection is provided by float operated overflow traps in the 40. Scales are lithograph printed on aluminum and epoxy coated. INSTALLATION Mark II manometers can be mounted on any vertical surface with the two mounting screws provided. A built-in spirit level simplifies leveling before mounting screws are tightened. Simply fill the reservoir, adjust fluid level to zero, connect the tubing, and the gage is ready for operation. ACCESSORIES Included with each Mark II manometer are two tubing connectors for 1/8 pipe or sheet metal ducts, two mounting screws, 1 ounce bottle of indicating fluid, red and green pointer flags and complete instructions. The 25 also includes 8 of flexible double column plastic tubing. Portable operation of the 25 is made possible by the use of the optional A-612 portable stand. A short piece of tubing can be slipped over the 25 pressure connections to contain the gage fluid in transit. The 40 contains two 4-1/2 lengths of clear plastic tubing, a plastic swing-out stand and leveling screw for portable operation. It also features convenient rapid shutoff pressure connections and integral overpressure safety traps. OEM SPECIALS All Dwyer Mark II molded plastic manometers can be supplied in OEM quantities with your name or special graphics and scales. INCLINED/VERTICAL Accuracy: ±3% FS. Temperature Limits: 140 F (60 C). PressureLimits:10 psi (70 kpa). Weight:1.04 lb (472 g). INCLINED Accuracy: ±3% FS. Temperature Limits: 150 F (65 C). PressureLimits:15 psi (100 kpa). Scale Length: Approx. 8-1/4 (21 centimeters). Weight:1.23 lb (558 g). ACCESSORIES A-612, Portable Stand A-606, Air Filter Kit A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Mark II in w.c Mark II in w.c. Mark II 27* fpm Mark II MM mm w.c. Mark II M-700PA Pa *Require Pitot tube at additional cost.❶ Mark II in w.c. Mark II 40-25MM 0-26 mm w.c. Mark II PA Pa Mark II 41-60MM 0-60 mm w.c. Mark II PA Pa Fluid Used Red fluid,.826 s.g. Blue oil, 1.91 s.g. Red fluid,.826 s.g. Red fluid,.826 s.g. Red fluid,.826 s.g. Fluid Used Red fluid,.826 s.g. Red fluid,.826 s.g. Red fluid,.826 s.g. Blue oil, 1.91 s.g. Blue oil, 1.91 s.g. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) ❶Pitot tube: See pages (Air Quality section) 12

13 250-AF Inclined Manometer Air Filter Gages Precision Machined, Solid Acrylic Plastic Gages, Accurate To ±1% Of Full Scale AF FEATURES Highly accurate and easy to use yet almost indestructible, Dwyer 250-AF Inclined Air Filter Gages are foolproof and dependable. There are no moving parts no mechanical linkages nothing to wear out, jam or deteriorate from vibration. They never need calibration. The mirror polished inclined scale allows the operator to easily read minute differences in differential pressure across the filter accurately without parallax error. The only servicing required is occasional zeroing. If cleaning is necessary, it is easily done with soap and water. CONSTRUCTION Dwyer DURABLOCK 250-AF Gages are precision machined 1 thick solid acrylic plastic, virtually unbreakable and free of distortion. The fluid bore is precision drilled to ±.0002 to assure life long accuracy. A glass spirit level is built into the body and encapsulated to prevent damage or tampering. The scale is mirror polished chrome plated brass to assure parallax free reading by alignment of the meniscus with its reflection. Safety traps are incorporated in the body to prevent loss of fluid due to pressure surges. Red and green signal flags indicate clearly when a filter change is necessary. Gages are suitable for use in ambient temperatures of -20 to 150 F. Connection fittings are positively sealed by O rings but easily removed for zeroing or addition of fluid. Furnished complete with instructions. 200 & AF Economy 452-AF is similar to the 250 except they are not equipped with over pressure traps. Two A-324 1/4 compression fittings are included with each gage but not shown. Bodies are of 5/8 thick acrylic and scales are mirror polished, epoxy coated aluminum. : Water Minor Scale Length Inclined) Column Divisions (Inches) 250-AF / AF AF 252-AF / AF /2 452-AF PSI Maximum Working Pressure Overall Size (Inches) 8-1/2 x 4-1/8 x /8 x 4 x 1 8-1/4 x 3-3/8 x /8 x 6-1/2 x 1 8-3/8 x 5-7/8 x 1 11 x 4 x 5/8 ACCESSORIES A-310B, 3-way vent valve, 1/8 NPT to 1/4 metal tubing, 10 psi rating A-317, Gage connecter, 1/8 pipe thread opening, less ODthread, for slip fit in 3/4 diameter opening in 250-AF gages Durablock Solid Plastic Stationary Gages Suitable for Total Pressures Up to 100 psig, Temperatures Up to 150 F. Accuracy ±2% of Full-Scale (1% on s 215, 244, 246 Only) Manometers, Stationary G 2 Ø1/2 1 [12.70] MOUNTING 0 HOLES TYP 6 PLACES 3 [76.20] 1 A [25.40] TYP F TYP B E TYP E TYP 1/2 [12.70] TYP 9/16 [14.29] 1-7/8 [47.63] Ø1/2 [12.70] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 6 PLACES D E TYP F TYP INCHES OF WATER F TYP B C /2 [12.70] TYP 1 [25.40] TYP A 9/16 [14.29] 1-7/8 [47.63] Dimensions, Inches A B C D E F / / / / /16 9-1/ /2 3-1/8 15-5/ / /2 4-1/2 4-1/ /2 G 15-1/4 Dwyer solid plastic stationary gages or draft gages are offered in inclined and vertical (well-type) styles for highly accurate laboratory or general industrial service, for measurement of low range gas and air pressures, positive, negative or differential. To assure the accuracy required in instruments of this type, all machining of bores and wells is to the highest standards of precision backed by Dwyer s years of experience in the fabrication of acrylic instruments. Over-Pressure Safety Traps Prevent Fluid Loss Exclusive Dwyer over pressure safety traps assure that over range pressures whether gradual or a sudden surge will not force the liquid out of the gage. Over pressures simply raises the float, force the O- ring over the opening and seal the fluid in the gage. When pressure is reduced, float drops down releasing the O-ring safety trap opens and the gage continues in operation. Incline Type Inches Minor Scale Scale Weight of Water Divisions Length Ibs-oz / / / / Vertical or Well-Type / Note: replaces replaces model 202. For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 244-NIST. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

14 Manometers, Stationary 424 *Single column metric-ranges and divisions in millimeters. Dwyer 424 inclined-vertical manometers are extremely accurate instruments designed and made especially for precision measurement of low differential pressures in laboratory and test applications. The inclined range bore has a length of 20 to provide ample multiplication of indicating fluid movement in this critical lower part of the range. Durablock Inclined-Vertical Manometers Accuracy To ±0.25% Inclined-Vertical Manometer. F 1 X 1/4 MTG. SLOTS E s And Dimensions Suitable for Total Pressure up to 100 psig, Temperatures up to 150 F Inclined Inches of Water Single Column Double Column Inclined Minor Div Length of Inclined Scale /2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 Vertical Inches of Water /64 DIA. MTG. HOLE Vertical Minor Div A Length of Vertical Dimensions Scale A /2 4-5/8 9-7/8 10-1/8 15-1/2 4-5/8 10-1/2 10-1/8 16-1/8 B B 25-1/4 9-5/8 9-5/8 11-1/2 11-1/2 C D C D 12-5/ /8 4-7/8 5-1/8 5-1/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 G E F 10-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 5-3/8 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 G /8 15-1/2 10-1/2 16-1/8 Weight lb-oz Inclined-Vertical Manometers Accurate To ±1% Typical of 420 Inclined-Vertical Manometers is double column manometer with a total range of 0 to 10 of water. Single column models are also furnished. Design features are essentially the same as for the 424. They are accurate to ±1% and are particularly suited for use with pitot tubes and in flow measurement or similar applications & 1235 STANDARD ACCESSORIES Include two 1 oz bottles of.826 red gage fluid (1.91 blue gage oil for models and ), rapid shut-off type až connections, two 3 ft lengths of clear plastic tubing and two 1/8 NPT tubing adapters two sets for double column models. Flex-Tube Well-Type Manometers 2-3/4 [69.85] 1235 Panel Mounting A 2-1/2 [63.50] Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 2 PLACES 1-3/8 [34.93] TYP 2-3/4 [69.85] 3-9/16 [90.49] A 1230 Wall Mounting 3/4 [19.05] Dwyer Flex-Tube Well Type Manometers are designed to meet the need for a direct reading single column instrument providing highly accurate pressure readings; positive, negative or differential. Unlike other makes, Dwyer manometers have no hidden wells or packing glands. These instruments are constructed of shatterproof clear plastic tubing permanently bonded to well assemblies with leakproof glued joints. Well assemblies are precisely machined from solid acrylic plastic. Overpressure safety traps assure protection against loss of fluid. Heavy pure white acrylic plastic scales have sharp black silk screened figures and graduations sealed with clear mylar coating. Scales are adjusted with quickacting positive mechanism. Heavy heat treated aluminum back plates have durable gray hammerloid finish. These manometers are rated to 100 psig (6.89 bar). Not recommended for vacuum service beyond 5 in. Hg (68 in w.c.). STANDARDACCESSORIES Include one set of type až connections,.826 sp. gr. red gage fluid for DŽ style or fluorescein green dye concentrate with wetting agent for W/MŽ styles, two 3 ft lengths of clear vinyl tubing and two 1/8 NPT tubing adapters. 1-1/2 [38.10] Scale in Inches of Water or Mercury Scale in Inches of Water or Mercury 0-20 Dimensions B A W/M 2-3/ /16 2-3/4 19-3/8 2-3/4 23-1/2 2-3/4 27-9/16 2-3/4 43-1/8 Dimensions B A W/M 2-3/4 29-5/16 D 16-3/4 21-7/ /8 51-1/4 C 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 D 33-9/16 C 2-1/2 Mercury Req'd to Fill (Wt.) 12 oz 14 oz 16 oz 18 oz 26 oz Mercury Req'd to Fill (Wt.) 18 oz For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: W/M-NIST. 14

15 4000 Capsuhelic Differential Pressure Gages Measures Pressure, Vacuum or Differential, Suitable for Internal Pressures to 500 psig 3/4 [19.05] TYP 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] Capsuhelic Pressure Gage has a large, easy-to-read 4" (102 mm) dial. [4] #6-32 X 3/8 [9.53] DP HOLE ON A 4-11/32 [110.33] BOLT CIRCLE 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION [LIQUID] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION [LIQUID] 35 TYP 13/32 [10.32] TYPE Ø4-45/64 [119.46] 2-19/32 [65.86] 1/2 [12.70] Ø5 [127.00] Differential Pressure Gages The Capsuhelic gage is designed to give fast, accurate indication of differential pressures. The gage may be used as a readout device when measuring flowing fluids, pressure drop across filters, liquid levels in storage tanks, and many other applications involving pressure, vacuum or differential pressure. Using the basic design of Dwyer s time-proven Magnehelic gage, the Capsuhelic gage contains a simple, frictionless movement that permits full-scale readings as low as 0.5 in w.c. The pressure being measured is held within a capsule which is an integral part of the gage. This containment of the pressure permits the use of the gage on system pressures of up to 500 psig, even when differentials to be read are less than 0.1 in w.c. The diaphragm-actuated Capsuhelic gage requires no filling liquid which might limit its outdoor applications. Zero and range adjustments are made from outside the gage, and there is no need to disassemble the gage in normal service. Note: May be used with hydrogen where pressures are less than 35 psi. Order with a Buna-N diaphragm Capsuhelic Gage Scales reading directly in flow, heights, etc., are also available. *4005 *4006 *4010 *4015 *4020 *4025 *4030 *4040 *4050 *4060 *4080 *4100 *4200, Inches of Water Zero Center Inches of Water PSID *These ranges available for vertical scale position only. Service: Aluminum case: Air and compatible gases and oil based liquids; Brass case: Air and compatible gases and water based liquids. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing: Die cast aluminum with impregnated hard coating, standard. Optional forged brass housing is required for water or water based fluids. Special material diaphragms available, contact factory. Accuracy: ±3% of FS at 70 F (21.1 C). (±4% on 4200, 4210, 4215, 4220, 4300, 4400, and 4500). Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500 psig ( bar to 34.4 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 200 F (-6.67 to 93.3 C). Size: 4 (101.6 mm) diameter dial face. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT high and low pressure taps, duplicated - one pair top for air and gas, and one pair bottom for liquids. Weight: 3 lb, 3 oz (1.45 kg) aluminum case; 7 lb, 13 oz (3.54 kg) brass case. Standard Accessories: Two 1/4 NPT plugs for duplicate pressure taps, four flush mounting adapters with screws and four surface mounting screws. ACCESSORIES A-298, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket A-309, 3-way Manifold Valve A-314, Bleed Fitting A-370, Mounting Bracket A-471, Portable Kit A-496, Flush Mount Bracket A-610, Pipe Mount Kit S Add Options as Suffix, Example 4001-ASF -ASF (Adjustable Signal Flag) B (Brass Case) Scale Overlays - Red, Green, Mirrored or combination. Specify Locations -NIST, NIST traceable calibration certificate Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

16 Differential Pressure Gages PTGD Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gage Excellent Accuracy and Over-Pressure Ratings 1-9/32 [32.20] 1-31/32 [50.00] 2X 1/4 UNC 1/2 [12.60] 1 [25.20] 1-7/8 [47.60] 4X ø3/16 [ø5.16] EQUALLY SPACED ON A ø5-5/8 [ø142.85] BOLT CIRCLE 1-4 [6.50] 3-3/32 3 [83.00] [76.20] ø5-9/32 [ø133.97] PANEL CUTOUT 7/8 [22.00] HIGH 1-13/16 [46.00] 3[76.00] 3-31/32 [101.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 7-9/32 [32.20] 1/2 [12.60] 1 [25.20] LOW 1/4 NPT BOTH ENDS 2-1/8 [54.00] 4X ø3/16 [ø5.16] EQUALLY SPACED ON A ø3-1/2 [ø88.90] BOLT CIRCLE 5-1/4 [133.30] 6-7/32 [157.93] 1-3/32 [28.10] ø3-1/32 [ø76.99] PANEL CUTOUT HIGH 1-13/16 [46.00] 3 [76.00] 3-31/32 [101.00] LOW 1/4 NPT BOTH ENDS The PTGD Differential Pressure Piston-Type Gage can be used to measure the pressure drop across filters, strainers, pump performance testing, and heat exchanger pressure drop monitoring. Its simple, rugged design possesses weather and corrosion resistant gage front with a shatter resistant lens. The PTGD contains a pistonsensing element which provides different differential pressure ranges with full-scale accuracies of ±2%. Constructed with aluminum or 316 SS and available with two 1/4 female NPT end connections, the PTGD provides over-range protection rated to 3000 psig (200 bar) or 6000 psig (400 bar) depending on model. Standard models come with in-line connections. Back or bottom connections are also available. Description PTGD-AA01A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA02A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA03A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA04A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA05A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA06A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA07A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA08A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA09A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA10A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA11A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-AA12A 2.5 Aluminum PTGD-SA01A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA02A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA03A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA04A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA05A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA06A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA07A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA08A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA09A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA10A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA11A 2.5 Stainless Steel PTGD-SA12A 2.5 Stainless Steel 0-5 psid (0.25 bar) 0-10 psid (0.75 bar) 0-15 psid (1 bar) 0-20 psid (1.6 bar) 0-25 psid (1.6 bar) 0-30 psid (2 bar) 0-40 psid (3 bar) 0-50 psid (3.5 bar) 0-60 psid (4 bar) 0-80 psid (5.5 bar) psid (7 bar) psid (10 bar) 0-5 psid (0.25 bar) 0-10 psid (0.75 bar) 0-15 psid (1 bar) 0-20 psid (1.6 bar) 0-25 psid (1.6 bar) 0-30 psid (2 bar) 0-40 psid (3 bar) 0-50 psid (3.5 bar) 0-60 psid (4 bar) 0-80 psid (5.5 bar) psid (7 bar) psid (10 bar) Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Gage body: Aluminum or 316 SS; Piston: Aluminum or 316 SS; Spring: 302 SS; Seals: Buna-N (standard); PTFE, Ceramic magnet; Dial case: Nylon 6 30% glass filled gage case. Window: Acrylic. Accuracy: ±2% FS ascending. Temperature Limit: 176 F (80 C). Pressure Limits: 3000 psi (206 bar) for aluminum body; 6000 psi (413 bar) for SS body. Size: 2.5 (63 mm) or 4.5 (115 mm). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT end connections standard; 1/4 female NPT back or bottom connections available. All styles available with 1/4 BSP. Weight: Aluminum: lb (399 g); lb (612 g); Stainless steel: lb (794 g); lb (1.04 kg). S -V, FKM fluoroelastomer seals -N, EPDM seals -PY, Glycerine fill -PF, Pointer follower -RP, Reverse port -SP1, 0.5A SPST with DIN plug -SP2, 0.25A SPDT with DIN plug For NIST traceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. Note: For 4.5 dial face, change AA to AC for Aluminum and SA to SC for Stainless Steel For back or bottom connections as well as female BSP threads, contact the factory. 16

17 PFG2 Process Filter Gage Indicates Process Filter Status, In-Line or Bottom Connect Mounting 2-3/4 [69.85] 2-5/16 [58.74] The PFG2 Process Filter Gage is designed for determining the state of an inline filter. The differential pressure indicator determines the pressure drop on either side of a filter through its 1/8 female NPT pressure connections, and relates the value to one of three zones: clean (green), change (yellow), or dirty (red). The PFG2 is perfectly suited for filter applications, line loss, valve drop, and many other differential pressure applications where a simple indicator is needed. The direction of process flow is indicated on the dial, with the arrow pointing to the low pressure port. In order to change the high and low pressure connections, simply remove the indicator from the mounting base and rotate 180. The PFG2 can be connected in-line through the side process connections, but can also be directly mounted through the outlet/inlet connections by removing the mounting block. PFG2-02 PFG2-03 PFG2-06 Full 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to 25 psid Green Zone 0 to 2.5 psid 0 to 5 psid 0 to 11 psid Yellow Zone Red Zone 2.5 to 3.75 psid 3.75 to 5 psid 5 to 7.5 psid 7.5 to 10 psid 11 to 18.5 psid 18.5 to 25 psid Digihelic Links HIGH PORT C L E A N 1-1/8 [28.58] 3 3/4 [19.05] [76.20] Service: Liquids/gases compatible with SS, GFN, and fluoropolymer. Wetted Materials: Aluminum, SS, glass filled nylon, and fluoropolymer. Accuracy: ±5% F.S. Temperature Limit: 200 F (93 C). Pressure Limit: 300 psig (20.7 bar). Materials: Body: Glass filled nylon; Mounting Block: Aluminum; Lens: Polyester; Elastomers: Fluorocarbon. Process Connection: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any orientation with threaded holes 3/4 apart. Weight: 9.6 oz (272.2 g). Data Acquisition and Logging Software Designed for Communication with DH & DHII Digihelic Differential Pressure Controllers C H A N G E D I R T Y 2-1/2 [63.50] 3/8 [9.37] 3/4 [19.08] 2X #10-32 UNF MOUNTING HOLES LOW PORT 1-1/2 [38.10] 2X 1/8 NPT CONNECTION Differential Pressure Gages The Digihelic Links Communications Software is an easy to use Windows based program. Data logging and graphing can be set up by the individual control with varying logging periods. Event logging, live instrument status, remote calibration as well as uploading pre-saved configuration files are some of the higher end capabilities the Digihelic Links Communications Software provides. The Digihelic Links Communications Software is compatible with all DH and DHII Digihelic Differential Pressure Controllers. FEATURES Log and graph data up to 10 units simultaneously; view up to 40 units Easy to use Windows based operator interface Data logging at individually adjustable rates On-screen graphing of process values Upload and download saved control configuration profiles Remote calibration of controls Digihelic Links, Communications Software CD ACCESSORY MN-1, Mini-Node USB/RS-485 converter Required Equipment Computer Requirements The Digihelic Links Communications Software application will run on Windows 95/98 and Windows NT Workstation 4.0 (Service Pack 3 recommended), Windows 2000 and Windows XP software. The hardware requirements for each of these operating systems can be found in the documentation provided with that operating system. One available RS-485 port is needed to communicate with the control(s). A minimum of 4 MB of hard disk space is needed for the Digihelic Links Communications Software application files, and additional hard disk space is needed to store data log files. Log file size will vary depending on the duration and rate selected for the controls and the number of controls on line. Communication Requirements To communicate with the Digihelic Differential Pressure Controller from a PCwith an RS-232 Serial Communications Port, an RS-485 to RS-232 converter is required to convert the signal from the Digihelic controller RS-485 format to the RS-232 input of the PC. Recommended converters are the s RS-485 to RS-232 converter or MN-21 RS-485 to USB converter. For RS-485 systems a 120 resistor is also needed to terminate the last control on the control network. Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended for wiring the controls together. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

18 DHII Digihelic II Differential Pressure Controller NEMA 4 (IP66) Housing With Large, Bright LCD, Square Root Output for Flow 1-1/2 [38.35] 1-31/64 [37.62] 4-23/32 [120] 3-7/16 [87.12]! 1-1/16 [26.97] Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Digital 1-45/64 [43.18] 2-23/64 [59.94] The Digihelic II Controller just got better with the New DHII Differential Pressure Controller. The DHII takes all the fabulous features of the standard Digihelic Pressure Controller and packages them in a robust NEMA 4 (IP66) housing. The Digihelic II Pressure Controller combines the 2 SPDT control relays, 4-20 ma process output and Modbus communications with a large, brightly backlit 4 digit LCD display that can easily be seen from long distances. The electrical wiring has also been enhanced in the DHII with its detachable terminal blocks. The removable terminals allow the installer to easily wire the terminal block outside the housing and then attach to the circuit board, reducing wiring difficulties and installation time in the process. The Digihelic II Differential Pressure Control in the new NEMA 4 (IP66) enclosure enables this product to be the perfect choice when mounting pressure controls outdoors in such applications as rooftop air handlers. This housing also makes it the ideal solution for surface mounting in clean rooms or facilities where water or a cleaning solution is utilized in maintaining plant cleanliness. ACCESSORIES MN-1, Mini-Node USB/RS-485 converter A-301, Static Pressure Tip for 1/4 metal tubing connection A-302, Static Pressure Tip for 3/16 and 1/8 I.D. plastic or rubber tubing A-438, Surface Mounting Brackets A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws Digihelic Links, Communications Software 1-5/16 [33] 1-17/32 [38.61] 4-23/32 [120] 45/64 [17.78] 1-45/64 [43.18] 1-7/8 [47.5] MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN 4-1/8 [105] 4X Ø3/16 [4.76] CLEARANCE HOLES FOR MOUNTING 3-17/64 [83] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: Aluminum, glass. Accuracy: ±0.5% at 77 F (25 C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: s 2.5 in w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5 psi; 25: 5 psi; 50: 5 psi, 100: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/ F (0.036/ C) from 77 F (25 C). Power Requirements: High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 400 Hz or 132 to 240 VDC; Low voltage power = 24 VDC ±20%. Power Consumption: Low voltage power = 24 VDC ma max; High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240 VDC - 7VA max. Output Signal: 4-20 ma DC into 900 max. Zero &Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms (dampening set to 1). Display: 4 digit backlit LCD 0.6 height. LED indicators for setpoint and alarm status. Electrical Connections: Euro type removable terminal blocks with watertight conduit fittings for 1/2 watertight conduit. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane. Weight: 2 lb 10 oz (1.19 kg). Serial Communications: Modbus RTU, RS485, 9600 baud. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. Available Pressure Engineering Units DHII-002 DHII-004 in w.c. ft w.c DHII-006 DHII-007 DHII-008 DHII-009* DHII-010* mm w.c Bi-Directional* s also available: DHII-012, : 0.25 to in w.c. DHII-014, : 1.0 to in w.c. DHII-015, : 2.5 to in w.c. DHII-016, :5 to 0-5 in w.c. DHII-017, :10 to 0-10 in w.c. cm w.c *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DHII-009 & DHII-010. psi in Hg mm Hg mbar Pa SWITCH Switch Type: 2 SPDTrelays. Electrical Rating: 8 amps at 240 VACresistive. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face. kpa hpa oz/in Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 18

19 DH Digihelic Differential Pressure Controller 3-in-1 Instrument: Gage, Switch and Transmitter, Square Root Extractor for Air Flow The DH Digihelic Differential Pressure Controller is a 3-in-1 instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter with current output. Combining these three features allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic Controller is the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications, achieving a 0.5% full scale accuracy on ranges from 5 to 100 in w.c. The Digihelic Controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. Two SPDT control relays with adjustable deadbands are provided along with a scalable 4-20 ma process output. The DH provides extreme flexibility in power usage by allowing 120/220 VAC and also 24 VDC power which is often used in control panels. Programming is easy using the menu key to access five simplified menus which provide access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation; selection of engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or circular duct for inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point and alarm operation; alarm operation as a high, low or high/low alarm; automatic or manual alarm reset; alarm delay; view peak and valley process readings; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; scaling the 4-20 ma process output to fit your application s range; Modbus communications; and field calibration. With all this packed into one product it is easy to see why the Digihelic Controller is the only instrument you will need for all your pressure applications. S Barbed fitting for 3/16 ID tubing -B For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example DH-004-NIST. For factory calibration certificate, add suffix -FC to model numbers. Example DH-004-FC. ACCESSORIES The Mini-Node converters are an easy solution for utilizing the Digihelic Controller s RS-485 serial communication and connecting to virtually any PC. MN-1, Mini-Node USB/RS-485 converter A-266, Digihelic surface mounting bracket A-203, 1/8 ID x 1/4 OD PVC tubing Digihelic Links, Communication Software 4-1/2 [114.30] 3-19/32 [91.28] 1-3/4 [44.45] 3-25/32 [96.04] 4-1/2 [114.30] 1-15/16 [49.21] 1/2 [12.70] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: ABSplastic, ULapproved 94-V-0. Accuracy: ±0.5% at 77 F (25 C) including hysteresis and repeatability. Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: s 2.5 in w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5 psi; 25: 5 psi; 50: 5 psi, 100: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/ F (0.036/ C) from 77 F (25 C). Power Requirements: High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 50 to 400 Hz or 132 to 240 VDC. Low voltage power = 24 VDC ±20%. Power Consumption: Low voltage power = 24 VDC ma max; High voltage power = 100 to 240 VAC, 132 to 240 VDC - 7VA max. Output Signal: 4-20 ma DC into 900 max. Zero &Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms. Display: 4 digit LCD 0.4 height. LED indicators for set point and alarm status. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Process Connections: Compression fitting for use with 1/8 IDX 1/4 OD tubing (3.175 mm ID x 6.35 mm OD). Optional barbed fitting for 3/16 IDtubing. Enclosure Rating: Face designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in horizontal plane. Size: 1/8 DIN. Panel Cutout: x in (45 x 92 mm). Weight: 14.4 oz (408 g). Serial Communications: Modbus RTU, RS485, 9600 baud. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. SWITCH Switch Type: 2 SPDTrelays. Electrical Rating: 8 amps at 240 VACresistive. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face. Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Digital Available Pressure Engineering Units in w.c. ft w.c. mm w.c. cm w.c. psi DH DH DH DH DH DH-009* DH-010* in Hg mm Hg mbar Pa kpa hpa oz/in Bi-Directional* s also available: DH-012, : in w.c. DH-014, : in w.c. DH-015, : in w.c. DH-016, : in w.c. DH-017, : in w.c. *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DH-009 & DH-010. Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

20 DH3 Digihelic Differential Pressure Controller Digihelic Controller in Photohelic Gage, Square Root Output for Flow Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Digital DH3-002 DH3-003 DH3-004 DH3-005 DH3-006 DH3-007 DH3-009 *DH3-010 *DH3-011 *DH3-013 *DH3-014 *DH3-015 *DH3-016 *DH3-017 *DH3-018 Scan here to watch product video 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 2-1/16 [52.39] 2 [50.80] 2-1/2 [63.50] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. PANEL MOUNTING ø4-47/64 Ø5 [120.25][127.00] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] The DH3 Digihelic Differential Pressure Controller is a 3 in 1 instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter with current output all packed in the popular Photohelic gage style housing. Combining these 3 features allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic controller is the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications, achieving a 1% full scale accuracy on ranges down to the extremely low 0.25 in w.c. to 2.5 in w.c. full scale. s of 5 in w.c. and greater maintain 0.5% F.S. accuracy. Bi-directional ranges are also available. The DH3 Digihelic controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. 2 SPDT control relays with adjustable deadbands are provided along with a scalable 4-20 ma process output. Programming is easy using the menu key to access 5 simplified menus which provide access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation; selection of engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or circular duct for inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point and alarm operation; alarm operation as a high, low, or high/low alarm; automatic or manual alarm reset; alarm delay; view peak and valley process reading; digital damping for smoothing erratic process applications; scaling the 4-20 ma process output to fit your applications range and field calibration. APPLICATIONS SCFM flow in ducts Filter status Static pressures in ducts or buildings Damper control Fan control s in w.c in w.c. 0-1 in w.c in w.c. 0-5 in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c. *Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and models DH3-010 and DH SP1 SP2 ALLO ALHI Ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING 1/2 [12.70] 1-9/32 [32.54] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 11/16 [17.46] 30 11/16 [17.46] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/2 [12.70] [3] Ø3/16 [4.77] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-1/8 [104.78] B.C. SURFACE MOUNTING Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: Die cast aluminum case and bezel. Accuracy: ±1.5% for 0.25 and ±0.25 w.c. ranges. s 0.5 to 5 w.c. and corresponding bi-directional (except ±2.5 w.c.) ±1%; All other 77 F (25 C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: s 2.5 in w.c.: 25 psi; ±2.5, 5 in w.c.: 5 psi; 10 in w.c.: 5 psi; 25 in w.c.: 5 psi; 50 in w.c.: 5 psi; 100 in w.c.: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/ F (0.036/ C) from 77 F (25 C). For 0.25 and ±0.25 w.c. ranges:±0.03%/ F (±0.054%/ C). Power Requirements: VDC, VAC 50 to 400 Hz. Power Consumption: 3 VA max. Output Signal: 4-20 ma DC into 900 ohms max. Zero &Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1). Display: Backlit 4 digit LCD 0.4 height LED indicators for setpoint and alarm status. Electrical Connections: 15 pin male high density D-sub connection. 18 (46 cm) cable with 10 conductors included. 4 and 10 cables available. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Side or back connections. Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane. Size: 5 (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8 (79.38 mm). Weight: 1.75 lb (794 g). Agency Approvals: CE. SWITCH Switch Type: 2 SPDTrelays. Electrical Rating: 1 30 VAC/VDC. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face. ACCESSORIES A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting A-301, Static Pressure Tip for 1/4 metal tubing connection A-302, Static Pressure Tip for 3/16 and 1/8 I.D. plastic or rubber tubing A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount bracket. Bracket is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange S For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example DH3-004-NIST. For factory calibration certificate, add suffix -FC to model numbers. Example DH3-004-FC. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 20

21 SP1 SP2 ALLO ALHI AT2DH3 ATEX Approved DH3 Differential Pressure Controller Digihelic Pressure Control in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure 6-19/64 [160.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 19/32 [15.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 1/8 15/16 NPT 2-9/16 [24.00] [65.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 1/8 NPT 19/32 [15.00] Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Digital The ATEX approved AT2DH3 Digihelic Differential Pressure Controller is a 3 in 1 instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter with current output. Combining these three features allows the reduction of several instruments with one product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The ATEX approved Digihelic controller is the ideal instrument for hazardous area pressure, velocity and flow applications by allowing for the selection of pressure, velocity or volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. Two SPDT control relays with adjustable dead bands are provided along with a scalable 4 to 20 ma process output. In velocity or flow modes, a square root output is provided on the 4 to 20 ma signal to coincide with the actual flow curve. Flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing process information and set point status on digital display. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT2DH A B O 1 2 X OPV T2 Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. DH3 Housing Material: Die cast aluminum case and bezel. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: < 5 in w.c. (except ±2.5 in w.c.): ±1%; All other ranges: ±0.5% at 77 F (25 C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: s 2.5 in w.c.: 25 psi; ±2.5, 5 in w.c.: 5 psi; 10 in w.c.: 5 psi; 25 in w.c.: 5 psi; 50 in w.c.: 5 psi; 100 in w.c.: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C) Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/ F (0.036/ C) from 77 F (25 C). 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c to 0 to 0.25 in w.c. 0.5 to 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 1 to 0 to 1 in w.c. 2.5 to 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 5 to 0 to 5 in w.c. 10 to 0 to 10 in w.c. Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8 NPT F brass ports 1/8 NPT F SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as port SS information label Power Requirements: 12 to 28 VDC, 12 to 28 VAC 50 to 400 Hz. Power Consumption: 3 VA max. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma DC into 900 ohms max. Zero & Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus in safe zone only. Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1). Display: Backlit 4 digit LCD 0.4 height LED indicators for set point and alarm status. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 12.3 lb (5.6 kg). Electrical Wiring: Screw terminal. Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane. Enclosure Rating: (IP66). IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Dial Size: 5 (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8 (79.38 mm). ATEXApproved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. SWITCH Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 1 30 VAC/VDC. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable via keypad on face in safe zone only. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

22 A3000 Photohelic Pressure Switch/Gages 3-in-1 Indicating Gage, Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 2-1/2 [63.50] 2-1/16 [52.39] 2 [50.80] 1-1/4 [31.75] (4) 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial Set points are instantly adjusted with front knobs. Ø4-3/4 [120.65] 3-7/8 SQ [98.43] 3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION 4-3/8 [111.13] HOUSING REMOVAL 3-7/8 [98.43] 5-1/8 [130.18] 6-3/8 [161.93] (7-5/8 [193.68]) Ø4-47/64 [120.25] Ø5 [127.00] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] Ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING Photohelic Switch/Gages function as versatile, highly repeatable pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven Magnehelic gage design. The Photohelic gage measures and controls positive, negative or differential pressures of air and compatible gases. Standard models are rated to 25 psig (1.7 bar) with options to 35 (2.4) or 80 (5.5 bar) psig. Single pressure 36000S models measure to 6000 psig (413 bar) with a 9000 psig (620 bar) rating. Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit control. Easy to adjust setpoint indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face. Individual setpoint deadband is one pointer width less than 1% of full-scale. Setpoints can be interlocked to provide variable deadband ideal for control of fans, dampers, etc. Gage reading is continuous and unaffected by switch operation, even during loss of electrical power. Choose from full scale pressure ranges from a low in (0-6 mm) w.c. up to 30 psi (21 bar); single positive pressure to 6000 psig (413 bar). Photohelic Sensing - How It Works In typical applications, these Dwyer switch/gages control between high and low pressure set points. When pressure changes, reaching either set point pressure, the infrared light to the limiting phototransistor is cut off by the helix-driven light shutter. The resulting phototransistor signal is electronically amplified to actuate its DPDT slave relay and switching occurs. Deadband between make and break is 1% of full scale or less just enough to assure positive, chatter-free operation. Relay - Transformer Features A plastic housing protects all electronic components. Solid-state and integrated circuit electronics are on glass-epoxy printed circuit boards and self-extinguishing terminal boards. APPLICATIONS - PHOTOHELIC SWITCH/GAGES In both series of pressure switch/gages, you get the convenience of a visual indication plus high-low limit switching. For both OEM and in-plant applications, the Photohelic switch/gage is used to control pressures in air conditioning systems, clean rooms, fluidic and pneumatic control systems, materials handling equipment, alarm or control fume exhaust systems, control pressure in air structures, and monitor respiratory and blood pressures. Standard Two phototransistor-actuated circuits and two DPDT relays permit both high and low alarms or limit controls. Relays are de-energized when gage pointer is to the left of respective set points; relays are energized as pointer passes to the right of set points. Loss of electrical power or loss of pressure provide fail safež protection. High andlow Latching Circuits Dwyer Photohelic switch/gages can be wired for high-latching, low-latching, or combination high-low latching circuits. That is, the equipment will hold in these respective positions once activated and until manually reset. This can be particularly useful for alarm and signal applications where control is accomplished by another Photohelic switch/gage or other means. Complete wiring and operational instructions are included. Where manual reset is required a dry circuit push button such as Dwyer Part A-601 should be used. GAGE Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±2% of FS at 70 F (21.1 C). ±3% on -0 and ±4% on -00 models. Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 25 psig ( to 1.72 bar); MP option: 35 psig (2.41 bar); HP option: 80 psig (5.52 bar); A36003S 36010S: 150 psig (10.34 bar); A36020S and higher: 1.2 x full-scale pressure. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Low temperature option available. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) OD x 8-1/4 ( mm). Weight: 4 lb (1.81 kg). SWITCH Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2 form C relays (DPDT). Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Electrical Rating: 28 VDC, 120, 240 VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Use 167 F (75 C) copper conductors only. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC power optional. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, UL. Optional-EXPL explosion-proof enclosure does not possess any agency approvals. S Single contact, right set point, for actuation on increasing or decreasing pressure. OEM, less relay and transformer components and housing but including infrared diodes and phototransistor(s), light shutter and set pointer(s). For single or double contact. Remote-Mounted Relay, relay pack may be mounted remotely from gage. Standard length is 5 ft. For other lengths, specify cable length required. Tamper-proof knobs, low temperature option, special scales, voltages and other features and modifications are available. Special Housings available include Weatherproof (NEMA 4) and Explosion-proof (NEMA 7 C, D, 9 E, F, G; NEC Class I, DIV. 1 & 2, Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III.) Contact Customer Service for detailed dimension drawings. -NIST, NIST traceable calibration certificate 22

23 Bezel and front cover (with set point knobs and zero adjustment screw) removed to expose Photohelic gage set point mechanism. Cover is clear polycarbonate plastic. Check these features for dependable control Plastic enclosure protects electronic components and electrical connections. Polycarbonate connection or terminal board is self-extinguishing. Gage pointer and light shutter are mounted on helix and balancing counterweight. Shutter passes through slot in optical limit switch to expose phototransistors to integral infrared light source or mask them depending on applied pressure. Light shield effectively protects phototransistors from strong outside light sources yet allows free pointer movement. It also gives interior a clean finishedž look. Optical limit switches are used for reliability and long service life. Attached directly to set pointers, they are individually aligned to assure precise switching accuracy. Glass-epoxy printed circuit boards for durability and performance. Load relays are DPDT with latching feature for maximum application versatility. Electronics are designed to operate on 50/60 Hz, 120 volt current with 10% over or under voltage. Special units for other voltages are available. Switch set pointers show switch settings at all times. Spring loaded friction clutch prevents operator damage of set point mechanism. Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial Semi-Flexible drive shaft connects to set point knobs. Zero adjustment screw connects to screw in cover to adjust zero pressure reading. s and s - A3000 Photohelic Switch/Gages Note: Special models can be built to OEM customers' specifications with scales reading in special pressure units like ounces per square inch, inches of mercury, etc. Square Root Scales reading in FPM or SCFM are also available. Custom logos and special graduations can also be included. Contact factory for minimum quantities and pricing., in w.c. A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Bi-Directional A N Zero Center s A A3301 A3302 A3304 A3310 A3320 A3330 A AV A3000-0AV A3001AV A3002AV A3010AV, in w.c in w.c. /Air Velocity, FPM 0-.25/ / / / / Pitot tube required, mm w.c. A3000-6MM 0-6 A MM 0-10 A MM 0-25 A MM 0-50 A MM 0-80 A MM Zero Center s A MM A MM A PA A PA A PA A PA A PA , Pascals Zero Center s A PA A PA A3000-1KPA A KPA A3000-2KPA A3000-3KPA A3000-4KPA A3000-5KPA A3000-8KPA A KPA A KPA A KPA A KPA A KPA, Pa , kpa Zero Center s A3300-1KPA A3300-3KPA S & ACCESSORIES - Add options as a suffix. Example: A3001-LT -SRH, Single Relay Activates on Increase -SRL, Single Relay Activates on Decrease -OLS, OEM model -RMR, Remote mounted relay -TAMP, Tamper proof knobs -MP, Medium pressure -HP, High pressure -LT, Low temperature (-20 F) A-298, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket A-601, Manual reset switch net Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

24 AT3 A3000 ATEX Approved Photohelic Switch/Gages with 120, 240 or 24 VAC Power Photohelic Switch/Gages in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosures Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial 7-7/8 [200.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 9-29/64 [240.00] 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-27/32 [174.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 10-5/16 [262.00] 9-19/64 [236.00] 11-19/64 [287.00] 43/64 [17.00] 1/8 NPT 1-1/32 [26.00] Ø25/64 [Ø10.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 1/8 NPT Flame-proof ATEX approved Photohelic Switch/Gages, AT3A3000, function as versatile, highly repeatable pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven Magnehelic gage design. The Photohelic switch/gage measures and controls positive, negative or differential pressures of air and compatible gases. Standard models are rated to 25 psig (1.7 bar) with options to 35 psig (2.4 bar) or 80 psig (5.5 bar). Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit control. Easy to adjust set point indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face (accessible opening case after de-energizing instrument). Set points can be interlocked to provide variable dead band ideal for control of fans, dampers, etc. Gage reading is continuous and unaffected by switch operation, even during loss of electrical power. Flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum with glass window which allows for viewing of set point needles and process pressure. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Chart, in w.c. A to.25 A to.50 A to 1.0 A to 2.0 A to 3.0 A to 4.0 A to 5.0 A to 6.0 A to 8.0 A to 10 A to 15 A to 20 A to 25 A to 30 A to 40 A to 50 A to 60 A to 80 A to 100 A to 150 Example Housing Power Pressure Rating Construction Temperature Rating Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT3 A VAC X AT3 A3XXX X X A -120 VAC -240 VAC -24 VAC -X -MP -HP X X LT -A B 1 X B O 1 2 X OPV Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: ±2% of FS at 70 F (21.1 C); ±3% on -0 and ±4% on -00 models. Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 25 psig ( to 1.72 bar). MP option; 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C) LT low temperature option to -20 F available; Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Dial Size: 4 (101.6 mm). Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on Photohelic gage face behind enclosure cover. Follow instructions and safety warnings to open cover. T2 T2 SWITCH Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2 Form C relays (DPDT). Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Electrical Rating: VDC, , 240 VAC. Electrical Wiring: Screw terminals. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC power optional. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Three 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 28.4 lb (12.9 kg). ATEXApproved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. AT3A VAC-XXX-AB1XT2 ATEX Approved A3000 Photohelic Switch/Gages Specify range by wiring Photohelic model number. See range chart Power requirement 120 VAC Power requirement 240 VAC Power requirement 24 VAC Standard -25 in Hg to 25 psig Medium pressure max. static 35 psig High pressure max. static 80 psig Standard silicone construction Standard temperature 20 to 120 F Low temperature to -20 F Aluminum Blind Glass cover 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label 24

25 43000 Capsu-Photohelic Pressure Switch/Gages Lo-Limit and Hi-Limit Control, Aluminum or Brass Case Available Set points are instantly adjusted with front knobs Capsu-Photohelic Switch/Gage. Ø4-3/4 [120.65] 3-7/8 SQ [98.43] 3/4 CONDUIT CONNECTION 4-3/8 [111.13] HOUSING REMOVAL 3-1/16 [77.79] TYP 3-7/8 [98.43] 5-1/8 [130.18] 7-5/16 [185.74] 8-9/16 [217.49] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] Ø5 [127.00] Ø4-47/64 [120.25] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION [LIQUID] 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION [LIQUID] 3/4 [19.05] TYP Ø [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial Capsu-Photohelic Switch/Gage with Brass Body Capsu-Photohelic Switch/Gages function as versatile, highly repeatable pressure switches combined with a precise pressure gage employing the time-proven Magnehelic gage design. The Capsu-Photohelic gage employs an encapsulated sensing element for use with both liquids and gases at pressures to 500 psig (34 bar). Optional cast brass case is available for water or water based liquids. Two phototransistor actuated, DPDT relays are included for low/high limit control. Easy to adjust setpoint indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face. Individual setpoint deadband is one pointer width less than 1% of full-scale. Setpoints can be interlocked to provide variable deadband ideal for control of pumps, etc. ACCESSORY A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for Flush Mounting GAGE Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Brass case option required for water based liquids. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±3% of FS at 70 F (21.1 C). ±4% on 43215, and Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500 psig ( to 34.5 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Low temperature option available. Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT. Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) OD x 9-3/16 ( mm). Weight: 5 lb, 8 oz (2.49 kg). Brass 11 lb, 2 oz (5.05 kg). SWITCH Switch Type: Each setpoint has 2 form C relays (DPDT). Repeatability: ±1% of FS. Electrical Rating: 120 VAC, 240 VAC, 60 Hz res. 28 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. Power Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 240 VAC & 24 VAC power optional. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face , in w.c , in w.c S Single Contact, right set point, for actuation on increasing or decreasing pressure. Power Supply, 24 VAC or 220 VAC powered relay pack. Remote-Mounted Relay, relay pack may be mounted remotely from gage. Specify cable length required. Tamper-proof Knobs, low temperature option, special scales, voltages and other features and modifications are available. Special Housings available include Weatherproof (NEMA 4) and Explosionproof (NEMA 7 C, D, 9 E, F, G; NEC Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C, D, Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G, Class III. Contact Customer Service for detailed dimension drawings. Brass Body, for water based liquids order optional brass case by adding BŽ to the end of the model number. Example: 43001B NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: NIST. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

26 3000MR 3000MRS Photohelic Switch/Gages Combines Differential Pressure Gage with Low/High Set-points 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 2-1/16 [52.39] 2 [50.80] [4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial 1-1/4 [31.75] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 2-1/2 [63.50] ø4-47/64 [120.25] ø5 [127.00] 5/8 [15.88] 5/8 [15.88] PANEL MAX 3/16 [4.76] ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING Using solid state technology, the 3000MR and 3000MRS Photohelic switch/gages combine the functions of a precise, highly repeatable differential pressure switch with a large easy-to-read analog pressure gage employing the durable, time-proven Magnehelic gage design. Switch setting is easy to adjust with large external knobs on the gage face. Gage reading is unaffected by switch operation will indicate accurately even if power is interrupted. Solid state design now results in greatly reduced size and weight. Units can be flush mounted in 4-13/16 (122 mm) hole or surface mounted with hardware supplied. 3000MR models employ versatile electromechanical relays with gold over silver contacts ideal for dry circuits. For applications requiring high cycle rates, choose 3000MRS models with SPST (N.O.) solid state relays. All models provide both low and high limit control and include 18-inch (45 cm) cable assemblies for electrical connections. Gage accuracy is ±2% of full-scale and switch repeatability is ±1%. Switch deadband is one pointer width less than 1% of full-scale. Compatible with air and other non-combustible, non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar). Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar). INCLUDEDACCESSORIES Mounting ring, snap ring (4) 6-32 x 1-1/4 RH machine screws 18 (45 cm) cable assembly (panel mounting) (2) 3/16 tubing to 1/8 NPT adapters (3) 6-32 x 5/16 RH machine screws (2) 1/8 NPT pipe plugs (surface mounting) GAGE Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±2% of FS ( ±3% of FS). ( ±4% of FS). Pressure Limit: -20 Hg. to 25 psig ( bar to 1.72 bar). MP option; 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT (duplicated side and back). Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8 (79.38 mm). Weight: 1.8 Ib (816 g). SWITCH 3000MR Switch Type: Each setpoint has 1 form C relays (SPDT). Relay Contacts: (Resistive load) 1 form C rated 30 VDC, 110 VDC or 125 VAC. Gold over clad silver - suitable for dry circuits. Electrical Connections: 18 (46 cm) cable assembly with 8 conductors. Optional lengths to 100 (30.5 m). Power Requirements: 24 VDC, regulated ±10%. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. Agency Approvals: CE. SWITCH 3000MRS Switch Type: Each setpoint has a solid state relay. Switching Voltage: VAC (47-63 Hz). Switching Current: 1.0 amp (AC) max., 0.01 ma (AC) min., (2) SPST NO. Electrical Connections: 18 (46 cm) cable assembly with 6 conductors, optional lengths to 100 (30.5 m). Power Requirements: 24 VDC, regulated ±10%. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face. Agency Approvals: CE. 3000MR, 3000MRS Photohelic 3000(MR)(MRS)** (MR)(MRS)* (MR)(MRS) 3002(MR)(MRS) 3003(MR)(MRS) 3005(MR)(MRS) 3010(MR)(MRS) 3015(MR)(MRS) 3020(MR)(MRS) 3030(MR)(MRS) 3050(MR)(MRS) 3100(MR)(MRS) 3000(MR)(MRS)-60PA* 3000(MR)(MRS)-125PA 3000(MR)(MRS)-250PA 3000(MR)(MRS)-500PA, in w.c , Pascals Minor Divs Minor Divs *±3% of full scale. **± 4% of full scale. 3000(MR)(MRS)-1KPA 3000(MR)(MRS)-3KPA 3000(MR)(MRS)-4KPA 3000(MR)(MRS)-6MM* 3000(MR)(MRS)-10MM 3000(MR)(MRS)-25MM 3000(MR)(MRS)-50MM 3000(MR)(MRS)-100MM 3000(MR)(MRS)-20CM, kpa , mm w.c , cm w.c Minor Divs Minor Divs Minor Divs.50 When ordering, select either MR or MRS suffix to 3000 number. Examples: 3001MR or 3001MRS S & ACCESSORIES Tamper-proof Knobs, require spanner type key (supplied) to change setpoints. Add suffix -TAMP Low Temperature Option for use under 20 F (-6.7 C). Add suffix -LT Medium Pressure increases maximum rated pressure to 35 psig (2.41 bar). Add suffix -MP High Pressure increases maximum rated pressure to 80 psig (5.5 bar). Add suffix -HP Weatherproof Housing Option. Add Suffix -WP A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting 3000MR/MRS A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount 3000MR/MRS bracket. Bracket is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish A-600, R/C Snubber recommended for inductive loads like a solenoid or contactor NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 3001MR-NIST. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 26

27 AT2 3000MR Using solid state technology, the AT23000MR and AT23000MRS ATEX Approved Photohelic Switch/Gages combine the functions of a precise, highly repeatable differential pressure switch with a large easy-to-read analog pressure gage. Gage reading is unaffected by switch operation and will indicate accurately even if power is interrupted. AT23000MR series employ versatile electromechanical relays with low amperage ratings-ideal for dry circuits. For applications requiring high cycle rates, choose AT23000MRS models with SPST (NO) solid state relays. Easy to adjust set point indicators are controlled by knobs located on the gage face (accessible opening case after de-energizing instrument). All models provide both low and high limit control. Compatible with air and other non-combustible, non-corrosive gases, they can be used in systems with pressures to 25 psig (1.725 bar). Optional construction is available for use to either 35 psig (2.42 bar) or 80 psig (5.51 bar). Flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available with glass window which allows for viewing of set point needles and process pressure. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Chart Example Housing Relay Pressure Rating Construction Temperature Rating Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag, in w.c. 0 to to to to 2.0 Minor Divs AT AT2 3XXX Pa Pa Pa Pa MR X X X MR MRS -X -MP -HP X X LT, Pa 0 to 60 0 to to to 500 A -A B ATEX Approved Photohelic Switch/Gages with 24 VDC Power 3000MR or 3000MRS in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosures Minor Divs X B O 1 2 X OPV T2 T2 6-19/64 [160.00] 1/8 NPT 1-31/32 [50.00] 19/32 [15.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 15/16 [24.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Accuracy: ±2% of FS at 70 F (21.1 C). ±3% on -0, -60 Pa and ±4% on -00 models. Pressure Limits: -20 in Hg to 25 psig ( bar to 1.72 bar). MP option; 35 psig (2.41 bar), HP option; 80 psig (5.52 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F. (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Option LT low temperature to -20 F (28.8 C); Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C). (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Power Requirements: 24 VDC, regulated ±10%. Electrical Wiring: Screw terminals. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. AT23001MR-XXX-AB1XT2 ATEX Approved 3000 MR/MRS Photohelic Switch/Gages Specify range by using Photohelic model number. See range cart. Electromechanical relay Solid state relay Standard -25 in Hg to 25 psig Medium pressure max. static 35 psig High pressure max. static 80 psig Standard silicone construction Standard temperature 20 to 120 F Low temperature to -20 F Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 19/32 [15.00] 1/8 NPT Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Dial Size: 4 (101.6 mm). Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable knobs on face behind enclosure cover. Follow instructions and safety warnings to open cover. Weight: 12.5 lb (5.7 kg). ATEXApproved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. SWITCH (3000MR) Switch Type: Each setpoint has 1 Form C relay (SPDT). Relay Contacts: (resistive load) 1 Form C rated VDC, VDC or VAC. Gold over clad silver - suitable for dry circuits. SWITCH (3000MRS) Switch Type: Each setpoint has a solid state relay. Switching Voltage: 20 to 280 VAC (47 to 63 Hz). Switching Current: 1.0 amp (AC) max., 0.01 ma (AC) min., (2) SPST NO. Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

28 MP Mini-Photohelic Switch/Gage Compact, Low Cost Switch Gage Differential Pressure Differential Pressure Gages/Switches, Dial LOW PORT HIGH PORT 3-1/32 [77.00] 1 [25.4] 3-1/16 [77.79] Ø2-19/32 [65.88] 3-1/32 [77.00] 3-13/16 [96.84] 9/32 [7.134] The MP Mini-Photohelic differential pressure switch/gage combines the time proven Minihelic II differential pressure gage with two SPDT switching setpoints. The Mini-Photohelic gage is designed to measure and control positive, negative, or differential pressures consisting of non-combustible and non-corrosive gases. Gage reading is independent of switch operation. Switching status is visible by LED indicators located on the front and rear of the gage. Set points are adjusted with push buttons on back of unit. This extremely compact switch/gage is ideal for fume hoods, dust collection, pneumatic conveying and clean room applications. MP-000 MP-001 MP-002 MP-003 MP-005 MP-010 MP-020, Inches of Water MP-125PA MP-250PA MP-500PA MP-1KPA MP-3KPA, Pa , kpa GAGE Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±5% of 70ºF (21.1ºC). Gage face mounted in vertical position. Pressure Limits: 30 psig (2.067 bar). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120ºF (-6.7 to 49ºC). Process Connections: Barbed for 3/16 ID tubing (STD); 1/8 male NPT (optional). Size: 4-1/8 ( mm) depth x 3-1/16 (77.79 mm) diameter. Weight: 23 oz (652 g). SWITCH Switch Type: (2) SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 120/240 VAC resistive; 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block. Accepts AWG wire. Power Requirements: 24 VDC / 24 VAC 50/60 Hz 4 watts. Mounting Orientation: Gage face in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Push buttons. Standard Accessories: (2) mounting screws, (1).050 hex allen wrench. Agency Approvals: CE, cul, UL. S For optional 1/8 male NPT connections, add suffix -NPT to model numbers listed above. Example: MP-000-NPT. Allow additional lead time. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: MP-005-NIST. ACCESSORIES A-301, Static Pressure Tip for 1/4 metal tubing connection A-302, Static Pressure Tip for 3/16 and 1/8 I.D. plastic or rubber tubing A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 28

29 PDPS Compact Economic Differential Pressure Switch Low Pressures down to 0.07 in w.c. 1-45/64 [43.26] 1-17/64[32.15] 2x 3/16 [ø4.76] The PDPS s large diameter diaphragm and snap action switch make it dependable and ideal for OEM applications. The PDPS Pressure Switches are available for pressure, vacuum, and differential applications and are factory preset for pressures from 0.07 in of w.c. to 1.0 in of w.c. with full-scale repeatability of ±0.02 in of w.c. Other features of the PDPS pressure switch include standard multi-barb port connections, inherent mounting and quick disconnect terminals, which make the PDPS perfect for many OEM applications. PDPS Audible Buzzer Pressure to 0.14 in w.c to 0.32 in w.c to 0.64 in w.c to 1.0 in w.c. Switch Direction I - Activate on Increase D - Activate on Decrease Factory Preset Set Point Example: 007 for 0.07 in w.c. or 100 for 1in w.c. BDPA 3x 1/4 [6.35] ø3-5/32 [ø80.17] 9/64 [3.57] 5/16 [7.94] 3/4 [19.05] 27/64 [10.72] 19/64 [7.54] 1-17/32 [38.89] 9/64 [3.57] 1-19/64 [32.94] 1-9/16 [39.69] Service: Air and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Polyphenylene oxide-styrene housing, fluorosilicone diaphragm, stainless steel spring. Temperature Limits: -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C). Operating Pressure: 0.07 in w.c. to 1.0 in w.c. Repeatability: ±0.02 in of w.c. Burst Pressure: 3.5 psi (0.241 bar). Proof Pressure: 1.0 psi (0.069 bar). 61/64 [24.21] 8x ø1/8 [ø3.18] 27/64 [10.72] 29/32 [23.02] 1-57/64 [48.02] Note: All purchases must be of 25 units or more. 2 [50.8] 1-39/64 [40.88] Adjustable Differential Pressure Alarm 24 Volt or Battery Powered, Built-in Audible and Visual Alarm LED Test/Snooze Button Ø11/64 [Ø4.5] 21/64 [8.5] 2-17/64 [57.5] 1-1/32 [26.19] 1-39/64 [40.88] 2 [50.8] Switch Type: Conventional snap action switch. Electrical Rating: 5 125/250 VAC. Process Connections: Multi-barb port connections for 1/4 and 3/8 ID tubing. Mounting Orientation: Mount switch with diaphragm in a vertical position unless customer has specified otherwise. Set Point Adjustment: Set point adjusted at factory. Weight: 2.7 oz (76.5 g). 7/8 [22] 2-9/16 [65] 1-31/32 [50] RoHS Differential Pressure Switches Battery 2-21/64 [59] Power Input Contact Output The BDPA Adjustable Differential Pressure Alarm with built-in audible and visual set point indication is designed for overpressure, vacuum, and differential pressure applications. The scaled adjustment knob allows changes to the switching pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The BDPA is available with settings from 0.08 in w.c. (20 Pa) to 20 in w.c. (5000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm and PA 6.6 body make the BDPA perfect for use with air and other noncombustible gases. The BDPA Adjustable Differential Pressure Alarms offer a versatile range of configurations allowing utilization of their many features. The BDPA can be powered by battery or 24 VDC/VAC line power. If connecting line power, the battery can act as backup power in case of power outage. When set point threshold is reached, a local loud audible buzzer and bright LED will indicate periodically notifying of set point activation. An SPDT contact may also be wired to send a signal remotely to a DDC or building management system. A snooze button located through an opening in the cover can be pressed by the user to manually disengage the audible and visual indication until a maintenance operation is performed. If the instrument is mounted where it is difficult to access, a remote contact may be connected allowing the user to deactivate the buzzer and LED at the remote contact location. The BDPA Differential Pressure Alarm s great functional versatility makes it perfect for filter, fan, and ventilation applications or any retrofit job where installing electrical wiring proves cost-prohibitive. BDPA-08-2-N BDPA-04-2-N BDPA-03-2-N BDPA-05-2-N BDPA-06-2-N BDPA-07-2-N Set Point inw.c. (Pa) 0.08 to 1.20 (20 to 300) 0.12 to 1.60 (30 to 400) 0.20 to 2.00 (50 to 500) 0.80 to 4.00 (200 to 1000) 2.00 to (500 to 2500) 4.00 to (1000 to 5000) Approx. Dead Min Set Point inw.c. (Pa) 0.04 (10) 0.06 (15) 0.08 (20) 0.4 (100) 0.6 (150) 1.0 (250) Approx. Dead Max Set Point inw.c. (Pa) 0.05 (12) 0.09 (23) 0.09 (23) 0.5 (130) 0.8 (200) 1.4 (350) 51/64 [18] [P2] [P1] Service: Air and noncombustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material, switch body: PA 6.6 and POM; Cover: Polystyrene. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Pressure Limits: 40 in w.c. (10 kpa). Electrical Rating: VDC/VAC. Switch Type: SPDT. Alarm Indication: Red LED and audible alarm. Alarm Level: Approximately 90 db at 4 (10 cm). Alarm Acknowledge: Button press. 19/64 [7.5] Ø15/64 [Ø6] Power Requirements: 16 to 30 VDC, 18 to 30 VAC or 3.6 V LS14250 lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery acts as back-up if power is lost. Battery Life: Approximately 1.5 years with 3.6 V/1.2 Ah. Repeatability: ±15% FS. Electrical Connections: Screw terminals. M20x1.5 with cable strain relief or optional 1/2 NPT connection. Process Connections: 5/16 (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4 (6.0 mm) inside diameter tubing. Enclosure Rating: IP21. Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing downwards. Weight: 6.1 oz (173 g). Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS. ACCESSORIES A-288, LŽ type metal mounting bracket with screws A-289, SŽ type metal mounting bracket with screws A-468, Replacement battery for BDPA A-480, Plastic static pressure tip A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing tip A-489, 4 Straight static pressure tip with flange Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

30 Differential Pressure Switches ADPS/ EDPS ADPS Scan here to watch product video H.V.A.C. Differential Pressure Switch With Dual Scale Field Adjustable Set Point Knob EDPS Ø11/64 [Ø4.5] 21/64 [8.5] 2-17/64 [57.5] 7/8 [22] 51/64 [18] - + [P2] [P1] 2-21/64 [59] 19/64 [7.5] 2-9/16 [65] 1-31/32 [50] Ø15/64 [Ø6] RoHS The ADPS/EDPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch is designed for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressures. The dual scaled adjustment knob in inches water column and pascals allows changes to the switching pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The ADPS/EDPS is available with settings from 0.08 in w.c. (20 Pa) up to 20 in w.c. (5000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm and PA 6.6 body make the series ADPS ideal for use with air and other noncombustible gases. EDPS models meet UL508 and are constructed of plenum rated plastics. The compact size, adjustment knob and low cost make the ADPS/EDPS the perfect choice for HVAC applications. APPLICATIONS Monitoring air filters and ventilators Monitoring industrial cooling-air circuits Overheating protection for fan heaters Monitoring flows in ventilation ducts Controlling air and fire-protection dampers Frost protection for heat exchanges ACCESSORIES A-288, LŽ type metal mounting bracket with screws A-289, SŽ type metal mounting bracket with screws A-480, Plastic static pressure tip A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 (2.1 m) of PVC tubing A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: ADPS: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: POM; Switch body: PA 6.6; Cover: Polystyrene; EDPS: Diaphragm material:silicone; Housing material:switch body: PA 6.6; Cover:Polystyrene; Materials UL94 V-0 rated. Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from -4 to 185 F (-20 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: Max. operating pressure: 40 in w.c. (10 kpa) for all pressure ranges. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Electrical Rating: Max. 1.5 A res./0.4 A ind./250 VAC, 50/60 Hz; Max. switching rate: 6 cycles/min. Electrical Connections: Push-on screw terminals. M20x1.5 with cable strain relief or optional 1/2 NPT connection. Process Connections: 5/16 (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4 (6.0 mm) inside diameter tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54). Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing downwards. Mechanical Working Life: Over 10 6 switching operations. Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g). Agency Approvals: CE, ETLapproved to UL508 and CSA C22.2#14 (EDPS only), RoHS. Bypass Damper version is available online A-480 ADPS ADPS-08-2-N ADPS-04-2-N ADPS-03-2-N ADPS-05-2-N ADPS-06-2-N ADPS-07-2-N Set Point inw.c. (Pa) 0.08 to 1.20 (20-300) 0.12 to 1.60 (30-400) 0.20 to 2.00 (50-500) 0.80 to 4.00 ( ) 2.00 to ( ) 4.00 to ( ) Approx. Dead Min Set Point inw.c. (Pa) 0.04 (10) 0.06 (15) 0.08 (20) 0.4 (100) 0.6 (150) 1.0 (250) Approx. Max Set Point inw.c. (Pa) 0.05 (12) 0.09 (22) 0.09 (23) 0.5 (130) 0.8 (200) 1.4 (350) Note: For optional 1/2 NPT conduit connection, change -2-N to- 1-N. s that include installer kit add -C to the end of the model number (-2-N cable gland models only). Installer kit includes two static tips and 7 ft of PVCtubing. Order installer kit separately with 1/2 NPT conduit connection models. See A-481 in the accessories list. EDPS EDPS-08-1-N EDPS-04-1-N EDPS-03-1-N EDPS-05-1-N EDPS-06-1-N EDPS-07-1-N Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.08 to 1.20 (20-300) 0.12 to 1.60 (30-400) 0.20 to 2.00 (50-500) 0.80 to 4.00 ( ) 2.00 to ( ) 4.00 to ( ) Approx. Dead Min Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.04 (10) 0.06 (15) 0.08 (20) 0.4 (100) 0.6 (150) 1.0 (250) Approx. Dead Max Set Point in w.c. (Pa) 0.05 (12) 0.09 (23) 0.09 (23) 0.5 (130) 0.8 (200) 1.4 (350) Note: For optional M20 cable gland connection, change -1-N to-2- N. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 30

31 AT1 ADPS ATEX Approved ADPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch The ADPS in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure 5-33/64 [140.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 4X 5/16 [Ø8.00] 1/8 NPT 7-3/32 [180.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] 4-17/32 [115.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 1-32/64 [40.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 7-1/4 [184.00] 4-27/32 [123.00] 25/64 [10.00] Differential Pressure Switches The ATEX approved AT1ADPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch is designed for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressure applications in hazardous areas. The dual scaled adjustment knob in inches water column and pascals allows changes to the switching pressure to be made without a pressure gage. The switch is available with settings from 0.08 in w.c. (20 Pa) up to 16 in w.c. (4000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm makes this series ideal for use with air and other noncombustible gases. Flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing set point status on adjustment knob. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: Switch body: PA 6.6 and POM; Cover: Polystyrene; Brass or SS depending on pressure connections chosen. Temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from -4 to 185 F (-20 to 85 C); Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 40 in w.c. (10 kpa). Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: Standard: Max VAC, max. switching rate: 6 cycles/min. Set Point Adjustment: Hand knob on pressure switch inside case. (De-energize before opening case). Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing downwards. Mechanical WorkingLife: Over 10 6 switching operations. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 7 lb (3.2 kg). ATEXApproved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. Switch Housing Material Cover Process Connections Overpressure Plug Tag AT1ADPS N -A B O 1 2 X OPV T2.08 to 1.2 in w.c. (20 to 300 Pa).12 to 1.6 in w.c. (30 to 400 Pa).2 to 2 in w.c. (50 to 500 Pa).8 to 4 in w.c. (200 to 1000 Pa) 2 to 10 in w.c. (500 to 2500 Pa) 4 to 20 in w.c. (1000 to 5000 Pa) Internal cable gland VAC Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

32 Differential Pressure Switches Essential for industrial environments, the 1800 combines small size and low price with 2% repeatability for enough accuracy for all but the most demanding applications. Set point adjustment inside the mounting stud permits mounting switch on one side of a wall or panel with adjustment easily accessible on the opposite side. UL and CSA listed, FM approved. CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases Switches Operating s &Deadbands Approximate Operating, in w.c to to to to to to10 3 to 22 5 to 44 9 to Low Differential Pressure Switches for General Industrial Service Set Points from 0.07 in w.c. to 85 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within 2% 1823 shown with new zinc plated clear finish Scan here to watch product video Deadband At Min. Set Point At Max. SetPoint MIL Environmental Construction Unlisted 1820 can be furnished with a special sealed snap switch for protection against high humidity, fungus and/or military applications. Similar to 1823 except deadband is slightly greater and some lower setpoints may not be possible. To order, add suffix -MIL. Example: MIL. ACCESSORIES A-389 Mounting Bracket is 16 ga. steel, zinc plated and dichromate dipped for corrosion resistance. Provides rugged, permanent mounting and speeds installation A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-491, 6 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-493, 8 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-302F-B, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 rubber or plastic tubing. 6 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-302F-C, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 rubber or plastic tubing. 8 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws 3-1/8 [79.38] Ø4 [101.60] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 3-39/64 [91.68] 3/4 [19.05] 2-1/8 [53.98] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180 F (-34 to 82.2 C) , -20 to 180 F (-28.9 to 82.2 C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kpa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kpa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Repeatability: ±2%. Electrical Rating: VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Derate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. 4 [101.60] 6 [152.40] TYP SQ 1/2 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 3 [76.20] 6-3/4 [171.45] TYP 7-1/2 [190.50] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 5-7/8 [149.23] 4-1/4 [107.95] 6-3/8 TYP TYP 61.93] 4-1/4 [107.95] TYP 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 1-27/32 [46.83] 2-3/32 [53.18] 3-27/32 [97.63] 1-1/8 [28.57] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1/2 MALE NPT MOUNTING SPUD 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside mounting spud. Weight: 1 lb, 5 oz (595 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL. Optional-EXPL explosion-proof enclosure does not possess any agency approvals. 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Ø5/16 [7.94] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLACES 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL Ø5/16 [7.94] TYP 4 PLACES 7/16 [11.11] 4-1/16 [103.19] 3-3/4 [95.25] 6-15/16 CLEARANCE [176.21] FOR COVER REMOVAL 1-1/2 [38.10] 1-1/4 [31.75] 3/32 [2.38] 1-1/2 [38.10] TYP 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1-7/16 [36.53] Weatherproof Housing: 16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5-1/2 Ib (2.5 kg). Switch must be factory installed. Change 1823 base number to 1824 and add -WP suffix. Example: WP 1/2 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 1-1/16 [26.99] 2-3/4 [70.61] Explosion-Proof Housing: Cast iron base with aluminum cover. Rated Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Group D; Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7 CD, 9 EFG. Wt. 7-1/2 Ib (3.4kg). Switch must be factory installed. Change base number to 1824 and add -EXPL suffix. Example: EXPL Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 32

33 AT Essential for industrial environments, the ATEX approved AT21823 combines small size with 2% repeatability. Set point adjustment inside the switch allows for set point settings across 9 ranges from the low of.07 in w.c. to a maximum 85 in w.c. differential pressure. AT21823 flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum and are ideal for low pressure hazardous area applications. Various housing options such as an overpressure relief valve or external setpoint adjustment knob are available. External setpoint knob allows adjustment without opening the enclosure. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. ATEX Approved 1823 Differential Pressure Switch The 1823 in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure 6-19/64 [160.00] 19/32 [15.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 1/8 NPT 15/16 [24.00] 9-1/16 [230.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] 3-35/64 [90.00] 2-3/4 [70.00] 8-5/64 [205.00] 7-11/64 [182.00] 5-63/64 [152.00] 1/8 NPT 19/32 [15.00] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180 F (-34 to 82.2 C); , -20 to 180 F (-28.9 to 82.2 C); Case: -58 to 140 F ( -50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kpa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kpa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT. Repeatability: ±2% FS. Electrical Rating: to 480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 125 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. De-rate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside mounting spud internal to switch. External setpoint adjustment knob optional. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve or external setpoint adjustment knob. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 11.9 lb (5.4 kg). ATEXApproved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. Differential Pressure Switches Housing Material Cover Setpoint Adjustment Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT A B O K1 K2 1 2 X OPV T2.08 to.22 in w.c. (18 to 56 Pa).15 to.4 in w.c. (38 to 127 Pa).3 to 1 in w.c. (76 to 254 Pa) 5 to 2 in w.c. (127 to 508 Pa) 1.5 to 5 in w.c. (381 to 1270 Pa) 2 to 10 in w.c. (.5 to 2.5 kpa) 3 to 22 in w.c. (.76 to 5.6 kpa) 5 to 44 in w.c. (1.27 to kpa) 9 to 85 in w.c. (2.28 to 21.6 kpa) Aluminum Blind Glass top cover Without external setpoint adjustment knob With external setpoint adjustment knob 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

34 H I P R COMMON NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY CLOSED L P O R Differential Pressure Switches switch with conduit enclosure off. Shows electric switch and set point adjustment screw located on same side for easy installation. Scan here to watch product video Compact Low Differential Pressure Switches Set Points from 0.07 in to 20 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within 3% 41/64 [16.27] 1-19/32 [40.48] 2-11/32 [59.53] Our most popular series combines advanced design and precision construction to make these switches able to perform many of the tasks of larger, costlier units. Designed for air conditioning service, they also serve many fluidics, refrigeration, oven and dryer applications. For air and non combustible compatible gases, 1900 switches have set points from 0.07 to 20 in w.c. (1.8 to 508 mm). Set point adjustment is easy with range screw located inside conduit enclosure. Internal location helps prevent tampering. UL, CE, CSA listed, and FM approved Switches Operating s, Deadbands Operating, in w.c to to to to to to 20.0 Approximate Dead Band AtMin. Set Point At Max. Set Point /8 FEMALE NPT HIGH PRESS. CONNECTION 3 [76.20] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL The Dwyer-engineered force-motion amplifier increases the leverage of diaphragm movement and results in a switch with excellent sensitivity and repeatability. 7/8 [22.22] Ø3-1/2 [88.90] 1-5/16 [33.32] TYP 51/64 [20.24] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180 F (-34 to 82.2 C). Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kpa) continuous, 10 psig (68.95 kpa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Repeatability: ±3%. Electrical Rating: VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Derate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. 5 7/16 [138.1] 4 3/4 [120.7] 4 [101.6] 1-7/8 [47.63] 2-9/32 [57.94] 2-7/16 [61.90] 60 TYP (2) Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES ON A 4-3/16 [106.36] B.C. 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside conduit enclosure. Weight: 1lb, 4.5 oz (581 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, and UL. Optional-EXPL explosion-proof enclosure does not possess any agency approvals. WEATHERPROOF ELECTRIC CONNECTION HUB SRU-TITE #ST-1-1/2 PIPE SIZE 1 1/8 [28.58] Manual reset 1900 MR includes special snap switch which latches on pressure increase above the setpoint. Switch must be manually reset after pressure drops below the setpoint. To order, change base model to 1900 and add MR suffix after range number. Example: MR. Available on -1, -5,-10 or -20 ranges only. Option is not UL, CSA or FM listed Note: Manual Reset (MR) Option for use only in single positive pressure applications. ACCESSORIES A-399, Duct Pressure Monitor Kit For use with standard or manual reset model switches. Includes mounting flange, tubing and adapters. A-329, Street Ell Brass adapter for applications requiring right angle connections. Two required for differential pressures. A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange 2 [50.80] Ø5/16 [Ø7.938] 3/4 [19.05] HIGH CONNECTION 1/8 N.P.T. 4X Ø.281 [7.14] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 3 [76.20] 3/4 [19.05] LOW CONNECTION 1/8 N.P.T. 2X 4-1/4 [107.95] 2X 6-1/8 [155.58] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 6-1/2 [165.10] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 6-5/8 [168.28] 1 1/4 [31.75] 3/32 [2.381] 3 [76.20] 3 1/8 [79.38] Weatherproof Housing 16 ga. steel enclosure with gasketed cover (NEMA 4, IP66) for wet or oily conditions. Withstands 200 hour salt spray test. Wt. 5 Ib (2.3 kg). Switch must be factory installed. Change 1910 base number to 1911 and add -WP suffix. Example: WP. 1/2 NPT PROCESS CONNECTION 3X 1-1/16 [26.99] 3 [76.20] Explosion-Proof Housing Cast iron base with brass cover. Rated Class I, Groups D; Class II, Div. 2, Groups E, F, G; Class III and NEMA 7, 9 NEMA 3. (7 lb). Switch must be factory installed. Change model to 1911 and add -EXPL suffix. Example: EXPL Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 34

35 AT ATEX Approved 1910 Differential Pressure Switch 1910 in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure 5-33/64 [140.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 7-3/32 [180.00] 5-33/64 [140.00] 4-17/32 [115.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 7-1/4 [184.00] 4-27/32 [123.00] Differential Pressure Switches 1/8 NPT Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 25/64 [10.00] 1/8 NPT Our most popular Differential Pressure Switch is now available in an flame-proof ATEX approved package in the AT This pressure switch combines advanced design and precision construction to make these switches able to perform many of the tasks of larger, costlier units. For air and non-combustible compatible gases, the AT11910 switches have set points from 0.07 to 20 in w.c. (1.8 to 508 mm). Set point adjustment is easy with range screw located inside the switch enclosure. AT11910 ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum enclosures and ideal for low pressure, hazardous area applications. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention:Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180 F (-34 to 82.2 C); Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kpa) continuous, 10 psig (68.95 kpa) surge. Switch Type: SPDT. Repeatability: ±3% FS. Electrical Rating: to 480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 125 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Derate to 10 A for operation at high cycle rates. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on pressure switch inside the enclosure accessible by hole with plug on housing. Setpoint regulation must be done with instrument de-energized. Follow instructions and safety warning to open cover. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 7.49 lb (3.4 kg). ATEX Approved Products from Comhas with ECN: Nemko 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. Housing Material Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT A B 1 2 X OPV T2.07 to.15 in w.c. (17.5 to 37 Pa).15 to.55 in w.c. (7.5 to 137 Pa).4 to 1.6 in w.c. (100 to 398 Pa) 1.4 to 5.5 in w.c. (348.5 to 1368 Pa) 3 to in w.c. (747 to 2924 Pa) 4 to 20 in w.c. (996 to 4977 Pa) Aluminum Blind 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

36 Differential Pressure Switches MDS The MDSPressure Switch is designed with a double diaphragm to protect false actuation due to shock and vibration. This low cost pressure switch has a minimum 20 million cycle life expectancy, and an extremely fast response time, making this an ideal device for OEM orders. MDS-0 MDS-1 MDS-2 MDS-3 MDS-4 Set Point 0.5 in w.c. 1.0 in w.c. 1.5 in w.c. 2.0 in w.c. 3.0 in w.c. Set Point MDS in w.c. MDS in w.c. MDS in w.c. MDS in w.c. MDS in w.c. MDA Miniature Pressure Switch Shock and Vibration Resistant, Lightweight and Compact, Gold Contacts Ø3/32 4 PLACES [Ø2.54] 2x 47/64 [18.65] 25/64 [9.92] 1 SQ [25.4 SQ] 25/64 [9.92] 1/2 [12.7] 2x 5/16 [7.94] 3/8 [9.53] Ø3/16 [4.52] Switch Type: SPST normally open. Switching Media: Air or compatible fluids on highž side. Pressure Limits: Set point <3.0 in w.c.: 8 psi; Set point >3.0 in w.c.: 15 psi. Current Rating: Gold contact switch providing maximum 40 ma resistive load allowing for life in excess of 20 million cycles. Temperature Limits: 40 to 150 F (4 to 66 C). Electrical Connections: Brass tab-type for use with quick disconnections. Pressure Connections: Two barbed ports for use with 1/8-3/16 IDtubing. Housing: Polycarbonate. Diaphragm Material: Polyurethane. Operating Voltage: AC/DC - 30V or less with resistive load. Weight: Less than oz (10 g). Agency Approval: cul, UL. Miniature Adjustable Pressure Switch Adjustable Set Points from 0.1 to 100 in w.c. 7/32 [5.59] HIGH PORT Ø1/8 4 PLACES [Ø3.18] High 23/32 [18.29] 1 SQ [25.40] 25/32 [19.81] Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 13/64 TYP [5.08] 5/16 TYP [7.87] 31/64 [12.19] 23/32 TYP [18.29] LOW PORT Ø5/32 TYP [3.96] MDA Low 19/32 [15.24] 1 5/32 [29.21] 23/32 [18.29] Sense differential pressure with the MDA Miniature Adjustable Pressure Switch. The switch features field adjustable set point and gold inlay contacts. Air or other compatible fluids can be used on the high side. The lightweight and compact size make the MDA ideal for any application with space constraints. Applications include industrial, HVAC, pump and motor control, medical, automotive, pools and spas. Set Point in w.c. (mbar) Minimum Maximum MDA (0.25) MDA (1.25) MDA (4.98) MDA (37.37) MDA (149.3) 0.5 (1.25) 2.0 (4.98) 15 (37.37) 60 (149.3) 100 (249.10) Switch Type: SPST normally open. Switching Media: Air or compatible fluids on high sidež. Pressure Limits: MDA-011: 8 psi; MDA-111: 8 psi; MDA-211: 8 psi; MDA-311: 15 psi. MDA-411: 25 psi. Current Rating: 40 ma resistive for life in excess of 20 million cycles. Temperature Limits: 40 to 150 F (4 to 66 C). Contacts: 18K gold inlay. Electrical Connections: Terminals x 0.20: spade (recessed) for use with quick disconnects. Pressure Connections: Smooth port 5/32 diameter for 1/8 ID tubing. Housing: Polycarbonate. Diaphragm Material: Polyurethane. Operating Voltage: AC/DC - 30V or less with resistive load. Mounting: Use #4 screws through mounting lugs or #2 screws through eyelets. Weight: Less than oz (10 g). Agency Approval:cUL, UL. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 36

37 2-5/32 [54.76] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 2X Ø7/8 CONDUIT OPENING Scan here to watch product video 1831 DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches Manual Reset, No Power Required One of our most popular differential pressure switches is now available with a DPDT switch and manual reset. The 1831 combines small size with 4% set point repeatability. Absolutely no power is required to operate the DPDT switch. Set point adjustment on the switch is easily accessible for modifying the set point. The 1831 DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches with Manual Reset eliminate common problems associated with typical high duct static cutout installations. Since the 1831 requires absolutely no power to drive its outputs, a separate power loop and its associated additional wiring and conduit is alleviated, reducing material and labor installation costs. Both control contacts of the 1831 activate at the same time. The potential of the lead switch shutting down the fan preventing the lag switch from sending an alarming signal to the DDC is no longer a probable system liability. Potential costly maintenance calls are diminished. Unlike typical switches that possess only a single conduit entry for both control loops, the 1831 provides two conduit connections simplifying wiring while eliminating additional conduit tees. The 1831 s specifications and features make it the superior choice for high duct static cutout applications. Description RA-S Manual reset DPDT, activate on increase RA-S Manual reset DPDT, activate on increase /8 [41.28] 4-1/16 [103.19] 2X 3-1/16 [77.79] 4-3/8 [111.13] 3-11/16 [93.65] Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 4 PLACES 4 [101.60] 3 [76.20] TYP 1/2 [12.70] TYP 2 [50.80] TYP 3/4 [19.05] The unique electric switch design in the 1640 is another Dwyer Instruments, Inc. innovation. The Dwyer 1640 Differential Pressure Switch resembles the 1630 switches. However, the 1640 is equipped with a single pole, double throw floating contact switch (not snap acting) so it functions as a null switch. As the diaphragm moves in response to pressure changes, it moves the floating contact to cause switching action at two preset points with no switching action between these points. The high circuit will be closed when rising pressure differential reaches the preset level. The low circuit will be closed when falling pressure differential reaches the preset level. s Adjustable Null Span in w.c. Min. Set Max. Set to to to (in w.c.) 2.5 to to 23 3 [76.20] RESET LEVER 3-5/8 [92.08] 1-3/32 [27.76] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 180 F (-34 to 82.2 C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kpa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kpa) surge. Switch Type: 2 SPDT. Actuation Time Difference: 1 millisecond maximum actuation delay between contacts 5-7/8 [149.23] 6-1/2 [165.10] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH OPENING 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 1/2 MALE NPT MOUNTING STUD 1-1/4 [31.75] 3-3/32 [78.58] 1-7/64 [28.17] ø.875 [22.23] 3/4 [19.05] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION SCREW TYPE ELECTRICAL TERMINAL TYPE 3 PLACES 2-1/4 [57.15] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL Repeatability: ±4% max. Electrical Rating: 125/250 VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw type terminal block. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type inside mounting spud. Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (522 g). Ø7-3/4 [196.85] /4 [82.55] 3-39/64 [91.68] 2X ø9/64 [3.57] 2-5/16 [58.74] 3-3/16 [80.98] A-389 Mounting Bracket Floating Contact Null Switch for High and Low Actuation Visual Set Point Adjustment, Adjustable Null Zone Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 110 F (-34.4 to 43.3 C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kpa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kpa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT) floating contact (not snap action). Electrical Rating: Non-inductive VAC; VAC; 1 24 VDC; VAC; 2-3/4 [69.86] 3X 2 [50.80] Note: Shown with included mounting bracket. Bracket can rotate and be tightened at any angle. ACCESSORIES A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-491, 6 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-493, 8 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-302F-B, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 rubber or plastic tubing. 6 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-302F-C, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 rubber or plastic tubing. 8 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) R 4-5/16 [109.54] TYP 2 PLACES 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Inductive VAC; VAC; VDC (de-rate 70-80% for very slow pressure changes). Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type. Weight: 4 Ib 13 oz (2.18 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Differential Pressure Switches CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

38 Differential Pressure Switches Our old faithful switch design is still best where highest precision combined with diaphragm sealed leak proof construction and mounting simplicity are required and 1627 differential pressure switches are identical in design and construction except that 1626 has a single electric switch and 1627 has dual electric switches can therefore provide dual control when required. It can be set to open or close two independent electrical circuits, each preset for its own actuation pressure. Both units have diaphragm sealed motion take outs providing maximum protection against leakage. (1626 shown, 1627 similar) Operating in w.c..15 to to to to Approx. Deadband Min. Max Single and Dual Pressure Switches High Reliability...Repetitive Accuracy within +1% Adj. Diff. Between Set Points (1627 Only) Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 4 PLACES 4 [101.60] 3 [76.20] TYP 1/2 [12.70] TYP 2 [50.80] TYP 3/4 [19.05] 1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION 3/4 [19.05] 1-5/16 [33.34] 3-1/16 [77.79] 4-11/16 [119.06] 3 [76.20] 5-7/8 [149.23] 6-1/2 [165.10] Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 2 PLACES 1-1/4 [31.75] 5-7/8 [149.23] 1-1/2 [38.10] R 4-5/16 [109.54] TYP 2 PLACES 1/8 FEMALE NPT 3 LOW [76.20] CONNECTION Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 130 F ( to 54.4 C). Pressure Limits: Max. 50 in w.c. (12.44 kpa) continuous, 2 psig (13.79 kpa) surge. Switch Type: 1626, single-pole doublethrow (SPDT); 1627, two single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Repeatability: ±1%. Electrical Rating: VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive, 1/8 125 VAC,1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Large Diaphragm Pressure Switches Visual Set Point Adjustment in 5 Standard s, 0.05 in to 12 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within ±1% Ø7-3/4 [196.85] 3-3/32 [78.58] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH 22.5 CONNECTION SCREW TYPE ELECTRICAL TERMINAL TYPE 3 PLACES 2-1/4 [57.15] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 8-7/8 [225.43] 8-1/4 [209.55] 7-3/4 [196.85] 45 TYP /8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw adjustment. Weight: 1626, 3 Ib, 9.8 oz (1.64 kg); 1627, 3 Ib, 11.8 oz (1.69 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange 3-39/64 [91.68] R 4-5/16 [109.54] TYP 2 PLACES 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Our highest precision conventional large diaphragm pressure switch provides maximum dependability. In addition, it incorporates a visible set point indicator for maximum convenience. UL and CSA listed, FM approved for general service, these switches are suitable for most applications in air conditioning and industrial service. Electrical capability of 15 amps handles most small electrical loads. Environmental (MIL) Construction. Unlisted 1635 can be furnished with a special snap switch sealed against the environment for high humidity, exposure to fungus, and/or for military applications. Similar to 1638 except deadband is slightly greater and some lower set points may not be available. Specify 1635 ( No.) MILŽ and required set point in ordering Operating, in w.c to to to to to 12 Approximate Dead Band At Min. At Max. Set Point Set Point Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -30 to 110 F (-34.4 to 43.3 C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95 kpa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4 kpa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Repeatability: ±1%. Electrical Rating: VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 125 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type with enclosed scale. Weight: 4 Ib, 14 oz (2.21 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA,FM, UL. ACCESSORIES A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 38

39 1996 Gas Pressure Switches Compact, Low Cost, 4 in - 20 in w.c gas-air pressure switch. Connections, dimensions and visible on-off indicator are shown. Reliable and convenient, the and the Gas Pressure Switches serve as a compact, low cost switch for gas fired furnaces and equipment. Pressure ranges for both models are ideal for high or low gas pressure interlock. Visible set point and on-off indicators add convenience in servicing. Use either NO or NC contacts on SPDT switch. Bottom connection has both 1/8 female and 1/4 male threads for pipe nipple or coupling. Top connection vents diaphragm chamber to outside or to furnace combustion chamber. Mount switch with diaphragm in a horizontal position and gas pressure connection at bottom. Used with natural, manufactured or LP gas.❶❷ in in w.c. 4 in - 20 in w.c. PG 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-1/2 [88.90] Service: Air, natural & manufactured gas, LP gas. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: 32 to 110 F (0 to 43.3 C). -30 to 110 F (-34.4 to 43.3 C) for dry gas or dry air. Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kpa) continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kpa) surge. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Electrical Rating: VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 125 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC 60 Hz. REMOVABLE CONDUIT ENCLOSURE COVER Ø7/8 [22.23] OPENING FOR 1/2 CONDUIT CONNECTION WINDOW AND VISIBLE ON-OFF INDICATOR VENT CONNECTION ON OPPOSITE SIDE 1/4 NPT EXTERNAL THREAD [ALTERNATE GAS CONNECTION] 1/8 [F] GAS CONNECTION Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open, normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT or 1/4 male NPT. Vent Connection: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in horizontal position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type with visible indicator, inside conduit enclosure. Weight: 1 lb 2.3 oz (349 g). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) ❶Explosion-Proof Alternative:See page 40 ( 1950) ❷Explosion-Proof Alternative:See page 40 ( 1950G) Gas Pressure/Differential Pressure Switches External Adjustment, Visible Dial, Hermetically Sealed Snap or Mercury Switch Differential Pressure Switches Large diaphragm sensitivity and time proven dependable design are combined in model PG differential pressure switches. Visible dial reduces start up time and helps prevent calibration errors. External adjustment allows set point change without removal of cover. Unit is listed by UL, FM and CSA. PG-153-P1 PG-153-P2 PG-3-P1 PG-3-P2 PG P1 PG P2 PG HS-P1 Scan here to watch product video 1-30 in w.c. ( kpa) psid ( bar) 1-30 in w.c. ( kpa) psid ( bar) 1-30 in w.c. ( kpa) psid ( bar) 1-30 in w.c. ( kpa) PG HG-P in w.c. ( kpa) Maximum Deadband 1.9 in w.c. (0.47 kpa) 0.4 psid (0.38 bar) 1.3 in w.c. (0.32 kpa) 0.3 psid (0.21 kpa) 4 in w.c. (1.0 kpa).5 psid (.035 bar) 4 in w.c. (1.0 kpa) 4 in w.c. (1.0 kpa) Switch Type SPDT Mercury SPDT Mercury SPST Mercury* SPST Mercury* SPDT Snap SPDT Snap SPDT Hermetically Sealed Silver Snap SPDT Hermetically Sealed Gold Snap *SPST switches shown are close on increase of pressure. For open on increase of pressure replace 3 in middle of model number with 2. Example: PG-2-P1. MERCOID CONTROL Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION ADJUSTMENT SCREW (3) Ø13/64 [5.16] MOUNTING Ø6-1/64 HOLES EQUALLY [152.78] SPACED ON Ø7 6-1/2 [165.10] B.C. [177.80] 8-1/4 [209.55] 1/8 FEMALE NPT PRESS. CONN. 1/2 MALE NPT X 1/8 FEMALE NPT PROCESS CONN. Wetted Materials: Fairprene, brass, steel, and aluminum. Temperature Limits: -10 to 180 F (-23 to 82 C). Pressure Limit: Single pressure use on high side: Sustained pressure: 15 psig (1.0 bar); Surge limit: 20 psig (1.4 bar). Differential pressure use: Sustained pressure, range P1: 2 psig (.14 bar); Sustained pressure, range P2: 10 psig (0.7 bar). Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof and explosion-proof optional. Repeatability: ±1% of full range. Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap switch, or SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Optional DPDT. 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL 1/4 [6.35] 4 [101.6] 1-27/64 [36.12] 17/32 [13.49] 1-3/16 [30.16] Electrical Rating: SPDT Mercury: 120 VAC/VDC, 240 VAC/VDC. SPST Mercury: 120 VAC/VDC, 240 VAC/VDC. SPDT Snap: 120 VAC, 240 VAC, 120 VDC, 240 VDC. SPDT H.S. Silver Snap: 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC resistive. SPDT H.S. Gold Snap: 125 VAC, 30 VDC resistive. Electrical Connections: Screw type. Conduit Connection: 7/8 (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2 (12.7 mm) conduit hub. Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT and 1/8 female NPT used for single positive pressure or high differential pressure, 1/8 female NPT used for single vacuum or low differential pressure. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: External screw. Weight: 4.5 lb (2 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: FM, UL for mercury switch models. UL only on snap switch models. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

40 Differential Pressure Switches 1950 Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Switches Compact, Low Cost, Explosion-proof and Weatherproof 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 1-15/32 [37.30] EXTERNAL GROUND CAPTIVE SCREW 3/8 [9.53] 27/32 [21.43] [2] Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C. 27/32 VENT DRAIN [21.43] PLUG RANGE ADJUSTMENT SCREW 1950 Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switch combines the best features of the popular Dwyer 1900 Pressure Switch with an integral explosionproof and weatherproof housing, making it an exceptional value for either application. It is CE, UL and CSA listed, FM approved for use in Class I, Div 1, Groups C and D, Class II Groups E, F, and G and Class III hazardous atmospheres (NEMA 7 & 9), Raintight NEMA 3 (IP54). Weatherproof features include a drain plug and O-ring seal in cover. Electrical connections are easily made by removing front cover. For convenience the set point adjustment screw is located on the outside of the housing. Twelve models offer set points from.03 to 20 in w.c. (7.5 to 5 kpa) and from.5 to 50 psi (0.035 to 3.5 bar). The unit is very light and compact about half the weight and bulk of other explosion-proof or weatherproof switches with separate enclosures Switches - Operating s and Dead Bands, Approximate Dead Band at in w.c. Min. Set Point Max. Set Point S.03 to F.07 to F.15 to F.4 to F 1.4 to F 3 to F 4 to The 1950G Explosion-Proof Switch combines the best features of the popular Dwyer 1950 Pressure Switch with the benefit of natural gas compatibility. Units are rain-tight for outdoor installations, and are UL listed for use in Class I, Groups A, B, C, & D; Class II, Groups E, F, & G and Class III atmospheres, Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) Compliant for II 2G Exd IIB + H 2 T6, CSA & FM approved for Class I, Div 1, Groups B, C, D; Class II, Div 1, Groups E, F, G and Class III atmospheres IECEx Exd IIB + H 2 T6 (-40 C < Ta < +60 C). The 1950G is very compact, about half the weight and bulk of equivalent conventional explosion-proof switches. Easy access to the SPDT relay and power supply terminals is provided by removing the top plate of the aluminum housing. A supply voltage of 24 VDC, 120 or 240 VAC is required. A captive screw allows the cover to swing aside while remaining attached to the unit. Adjustment to the set point of the switch can be made without disassembly of the housing. UL, CSA, FM 1950G-00-B-24-NA 1950G-0-B-24-NA 1950G-1-B-24-NA 1950G-5-B-24-NA 1950G-10-B-24-NA 1950G-20-B-24-NA ATEX 1950G-00-B G-0-B G-1-B G-5-B G-10-B G-20-B /16 [138.13] 1/2 FEMALE NPT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Temperature Limits: -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C); 0 to 140 F (-17.8 to 60 C) for 1950P-8, 15, 25, and to 130 F (-34.4 to 54.4 C) for Pressure Limits: Continuous: 1950 s - 45 in w.c. (0.11 bar); 1950P s - 35 psi (2.41 bar); 1950P-50 only - 70 psi (4.83 bar). Surge: 1950 s - 10 psi (0.69 bar), 1950P s - 50 psi (3.45 bar), 1950P-50 only - 90 psi (6.21 bar). Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54), NEMA 7 & 9. Switch Type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT). Service: Air and compatible combustible gases. Wetted Materials: Contact factory. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-17 to 60 C). Note: Set point drift may occur with ambient temperature changes. Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2 kpa) continuous; 10 psig (68.95 kpa) surge. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54), NEMA 7 & 9. Switch Type: 1 Form C relay (SPDT). Electrical Rating: 10A, 120/240 VAC, 28 VDC. Resistive 50 ma, 125 VDC. 3-1/2 [88.90] 3/8 [9.53] 1-23/32 [43.64] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION Electrical Rating: , 250, 480 VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 125 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 60 Hz. Electrical Connections: 3 screw type, common, normally open and normally closed. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on top of housing. Weight: 3.25 Ib (1.5 kg); model, 4.4 lb (2 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL. 1950G Explosion-proof Differential Pressure Switch Explosion-proof, Weatherproof, Compatible with Natural Gases, Inches w.c..07 to to.50.4 to to to 11 4 to 20 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 1-15/32 [37.30] EXTERNAL GROUND CAPTIVE SCREW 3/8 [9.53] 27/32 [21.43] [2] Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 4-7/8 [123.83] B.C. 27/32 VENT DRAIN [21.43] PLUG RANGE ADJUSTMENT SCREW Approximate Deadband at Min. Max. Set Point Set Point , Approximate Dead Band at * psid Min. Set Point Max. Set Point 1950P-2-2F 0.5 to P-8-2F 1.5 to P-15-2F 3 to P-25-2F 4 to P-50-2F 15 to CAUTION: For use only with air or compatible gases. Applications with hazardous atmospheres and a single positive pressure may require special venting. *P=PSID range models 5-7/16 [138.13] 1/2 FEMALE NPT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 3-1/2 [88.90] 3/8 [9.53] 1-23/32 [43.64] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION Power Requirements: 24 VDC ±10%. 120 or 240 VAC ±10% optional. Electrical Connections: Internal terminal block. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Set Point Adjustment: Screw type on top of housing. Weight: 2 lb, 15.7 oz (1.35 kg). Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, FM, IECEx, UL. 40

41 A4 Differential Pressure Switch Adjustable Set Point, High Overpressure Rugged A4 Differential Pressure Switch offers field adjustments and can handle system pressures up to 6000 psig. Piston design allows mounting in any orientation. The switch is capable of carrying moderate shock and vibratory loads. A4-1 A4-2 A4-3 A4-4 A4-5 Repeatability Set Point psid (bar) psi (bar) Increasing ±2 (.14) 7-13 ( ) ±4 (.28) ( ) ±8 (.55) ( ) ±16 (1.1) ( ) ±32 (2.2) ( ) DP Decreasing 2-7 ( ) 5-16 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 1/4 NPT 1-1/4 [31.75] HEX [25.40] 3-3/ ] Service: Compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Body, piston, and fittings: anodized aluminum; spring: steel. Temperature Limits: -65 to 225 F (-54 to 107 C). Pressure Limits: 2000 psid (138 bar), 6000 psig (413 bar). Repeatability: See table. Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Rating: AC: 3 VA, 120 VAC; DC: 5 VA, 175 VDC. Electrical Connection: 24 AWG X 12 (30.5 cm) wire leads. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any. Set Point Adjustment: See table. Weight: 8.5 oz (241 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Double Bellows Differential Pressure Switches Visible Setpoints, Adjustable or Fixed Deadband...High Pressure s 1-1/2 [38.10] Differential Pressure Switches Ø13/64 [5.16] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 6-1/2 [165.10] B.C. Two opposing bellows combine maximum sensitivity and vibration resistance with moderate cost in the DP differential pressure switches. Both set and reset points are easily adjustable through non-interactive, externally accessible controls. Visible setpoint indicators simplify changes. SPDT snap action switch, 316 stainless steel or brass bellows, flanged steel housing. Rated pressures to 600 psig. Optional Enclosures Weatherproof Enclosure to order add WŽ suffix after DPA. Example: D P A W Explosion-Proof Enclosure to order add EŽ suffix after DPA. Example: D P A E Bellows Material psid (bar) Brass 0-10 (0-0.7) Brass 0-20 (0-1.4) Brass 0-30 (0-2.1) 316SS 0-20 (0-1.4) 316SS 0-30 (0-2.1) 316SS 0-80 (0-5.5) Max. Press psig (bar) 50 (3.5) 100 (6.9) 300 (20.7) 100 (6.9) 300 (20.7) 600 (41.4) Adjustable Deadband Snap Action Switch 120/240 VAC Min.D.B. psid (bar) 1.5 (.10) 2.5 (.17) 6.0 (.41) 3.0 (.21) 6.0 (.41) 20(1.4) DPA DPA DPA DPA E DPA E DPA E Ø7 [177.80] 1-7/32 [30.94] 2-3/4 [69.85] 4-1/4 [107.95] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION Ø6 [152.40] Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION 3/4 [19.05] CLEARANCE FOR COVER REMOVAL Wetted Materials: Brass on ranges 61, 62, 63 or 316 SS on ranges 62E, 64E, 65E. Temperature Limits: -10 to 180 F (-23 to 82 C). Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of the operating range. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof or explosion-proof optional. Switch Type: Snap switch. (Contact factory for mercury switch). Electrical Rating: See model chart. Fixed Deadband Snap Action Switch 120/240 VAC Fixed D.B. psid (bar) 0.5 (.03) 1.0 (.07) 1.5 (.10) 1.5 (.10) 2.0 (.14) 6.0 (.41) DPS DPS DPS DPS E DPS E DPS E 45 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION OPERATING ADJUSTMENT OR RESET Electrical Connection: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: General purpose: 1/2 hole for conduit hub; Weatherproof: 1/2 conduit hub; Explosion-proof: 3/4 female NPT. Process Connection: General purpose and weatherproof: 1/8 female NPT, explosion-proof: 1/4 male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew. Weight: General purpose: 5 lb (2.3 kg), weatherproof: 7 lb (3 kg), explosionproof: 25 lb (11 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, cul, UL. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

42 Differential Pressure Switches Scan here to watch product video H3 Explosion-proof, heavy duty, industrial unit has a unique new design which provides sensitivity to differential pressures as low as 10 inches of water (254 mm w.c.), yet handles total pressure of 1500 psi (103 bar). Unlike common differential pressure switches that use a piston-type motion transfer, the H3 utilizes a rotary motion transfer shaft that prevents a change in total pressure from causing a setpoint shift. Unit yields deadbands approximately 5% of range, with zero setpoint shift due to variation in working pressures. Friction is minimized and repeatability increased by allowing range spring to act directly on diaphragm plate. Rolling diaphragm design maintains constant effective area to further reduce friction. Diaphragm is allowed to seat, allowing application of full rated pressure, up to 1500 psi (103 bar), on either high or low pressure port, without damage. Special overtravel feature prevents overtightening of range adjust screw. Choose optional 316SS chamber for water and water-based fluids or harsher applications. Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Switches Setpoints from 10 in w.c. to 200 psid Rated 1500 psig, Weatherproof COVER SET SCREW 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 2-13/32 [61.12] 5-3/8 [136.53] 31/32 [24.61] AL DRAIN PROCESS CONNECTION CENTERLINE COVER 1-25/32 [45.24] 3-9/16 [90.49] 4 [101.6] Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. Temperature Limit: -4 to 220 F (-20 to 104 C), ATEX: -20 to 90 C (-4 to 194 F). Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar). Enclosure Rating: Standard meets NEMA 4X(IP56), drain option meets NEMA 3 (IP54). For hazardous use see the hazardous location ratings chart. Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap switch. Ø11/64 [Ø4.37] MOUNTING HOLES IN MTG BRACKET 1/8 NPT LOW CONNECTION 17/32 [13.5] 1/8 NPT HIGH CONNECTION 3 [762] 1-3/4 [44.45] Electrical Rating: 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC. Electrical Connections: See model chart. Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT. Process Connection: 1/8 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw. Weight: 4 lb, 2 oz (2 kg). Deadband: Approximately 5% of range. Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, UL see ratings chart. H3 _ C UL H3 _ L CI. I, Gr.B, C & D H3 _ T CI. II, Gr.E, F & G H3 _ C-DRAIN H3 _ L-DRAINCI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G Note: Shown without enclosure and cover. Hazardous Location Ratings CSA CI. I, Gr.B, C & D CI. II, Gr.E, F & G Directive 94/9/EC ATEX Compliant 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIB -20 C T amb 75 C T6 EC-Type Certificate No. KEMA 03ATEX II 2 G EEx d IIB -20 C T amb 75 C T6 EC-Type Certificate No. KEMA 03ATEX 2584 Internal terminal blocks for conductors up to 18 gauge are optional. Optional NEMA 3 (lp 54) enclosure includes explosion-proof drain. Standard NEMA 4X (IP 56) version is without drain. External Ground Connection Standard Internal ground connection also standard use either one. Example Construction H3 Pressure Chamber & Diaphragm Material (Wetted) Adjustable Operating Circuit (Switch) Options Electrical Connection Options H3 S 2 S C MV A S S D L T C DRAIN MV VIT H3S-2SC-MV Differential Pressure Control; 316 SS pressure chamber and Fluoroelastomer diaphragm; weatherproof and ATEX; SPDT snap action switch with gold contacts; fixed deadband, automatic reset; adjustable range psid designator, weatherproof and explosion-proof Aluminum chamber with Nitrile diaphragm 316 SS chamber with Fluoroelastomer diaphragm Adjustable range in. w.c. ( kpa) Adjustable range psid ( bar) Adjustable range 5-70 psid ( bar) Adjustable range psid ( bar) SPDT snap action switch rated 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC DPDT snap action switch rated 125/250 VAC, 30 VDC 18 AWG x 18 inch lead wires UL, CSA approved internal terminal block ATEX approved internal terminal block Enclosure with drain - allows condensate to be drained from inside (meets NEMA 3 instead of 4X) Gold contacts on snap switch for dry circuits rated 125 VAC, 1A resistive or 0.5 A 30 VDC Fluoroelastomer diaphragm option where not standard 42

43 DX Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Switch NEMA 4X Enclosure, Low Differential Set Points 59/64 [23.50] 1-13/64 [45.85] 1-27/64 [36.30] 2-55/64 [72.59] The DX is a differential pressure switch that makes a contact output based on the differential between two pressure sources. Wetted materials of brass and fluoroelastomer are suitable for use with most gases and water based solutions. The switch can be used for low differential pressure indication with set point on a decrease of pressure as low as 1 psid (0.07 bar). Differential set point ranges are available from 2.5 to 75 psid (0.17 to 5.17 bar) on increasing differential pressure and 1.0 to 67 psid (0.07 to 4.62 bar) on decreasing differential pressure. Unit features a high static pressure rating of 200 psig (13.8 bar) for higher static pressure applications. Standard is a weatherproof, UL type 4X, enclosure for dust laden, outdoor, or wash-down installation environments. DX incorporates an externally adjustable set point, integral mounting flange and a removeable electrical terminal block for quick and easy installation. The DX uses opposing diaphragms to sense the high and low pressure with a pivot mechanism that transfers the difference of the two pressures to the SPDT switch. Adjustable Differential Fixed Deadband [psid (bar)] (on increase) [psid (bar)] At Low Set Point At High Set Point DXW to 10 (0.17 to 0.69) DXW to 25 (0.69 to 1.72) DXW to 50 (1.72 to 3.45) DXW to 75 (3.46 to 5.17) 1.5 (0.10) 2.5 (0.17) 3.5 (0.24) 6.0 (0.41) 2.5 (0.17) 3.5 (0.24) 6.0 (0.41) 8.0 (0.55) Note: Set points on decrease will be the range minus the deadband. 4-29/64 [113.03] 13/64 [5.08] 3/4 47/64 [19.05] 1-13/16 [46.05] [18.80] Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Connection: Brass; Diaphragm: Fluoroelastomer. Temperature Limits: 30 to 140 F (-1 to 60 C). Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8 bar). Continuous single side only pressure should not exceed 1.25 x full differential range. Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof UL type 4X (IP65). Repeatability: ±2% of full range. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 5 125/250 VAC (~), 5 A 30 VDC ( ). Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block. Conduit Connection: diameter hole for 1/2 conduit fitting. 1-13/32 [35.56] 2X 47/64 [18.54] 35/64 [13.97] 2-1/2 [63.50] 15/64 [6.00] 1-11/32 [34.04] 9/16 [14.10] Process Connection: 1/4 NPT female. Mounting Orientation: Ports on horizontal plane, ±10. Set Point Adjustment: External screw. Housing Materials: Body: Aluminum; Housing: Polycarbonate; Cover: 300 SS. Vibration and Shock: Set point repeats after 2.5 Gs, 5 to 500 Hz. Set point repeats after a 15 Gs, 10 millisecond duration. Altitude Limit: 6560 ft (2000 m). Humidity Limit: 80% (noncondensing). Pollution Degree: 2. Environment: Intended for indoor and outdoor use. Weight: 1 lb 3 oz (0.54 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, cul, UL. HADP High Accuracy Differential Pressure Transmitter ±0.14% FS Accuracy, NIST Certificate Included HADP Differential Pressure Transmitter combines low ranges with exceptional stability, reliability and an outstanding accuracy of ±0.14% FS. All models come with NIST certificates and are available in unidirectional and bi-directional ranges as low as 0 to 0.5 in w.c. and 0 to 5 psid. With minimal thermal effects and the ability to withstand high overpressures, the HADP transmitters are extremely stable allowing for use in the most demanding applications. HADP-UC-00 HADP-UC-01 HADP-UC-02 HADP-UC-03 HADP-UC-04 HADP-UC-05 HADP-BC-08 HADP-BC-09 HADP-BC-10 HADP-BC-11 HADP-BC-12 HADP-BC-13 HADP-UC-06 HADP-UC-07 HADP-BC-14 HADP-BC-15 Scan here to watch product video 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to ±0.25 in w.c. 0 to ±0.5 in w.c. 0 to ±1 in w.c. 0 to ±2.5 in w.c. 0 to ±7.5 in w.c. 0 to ±15 in w.c. 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to ±2.5 psid 0 to ±5 psid Max Pressure High Port 5 psi 7 psi 10 psi 20 psi 50 psi 50 psi 5 psi 7 psi 10 psi 20 psi 50 psi 50 psi 75 psi 100 psi 75 psi Max Pressure Low Port 2.5 in w.c. 5 in w.c in w.c. 25 in w.c. 75 in w.c. 150 in w.c. 2.5 in w.c. 5 in w.c in w.c. 25 in w.c. 75 in w.c. 150 in w.c. 25 psi 50 psi 25 psi 100 psi 50 psi Note: Current output models shown above. For voltage output change HADP-XC-XXto HADP-XV-XX. For preset unit, add suffix -PRESET to model number. Example: DXW PRESET 2-3/32 [53.18] 33/64 [13.1] 1-3/32 [27.78] 1/8-27 NPT PORT 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-1/16 [26.99] 5/8 [15.88] 3/16 [4.76] 5/16 [7.94] 4x 6-32UNC-2B 7/64 [2.78] MIN FULL THRD 2 [50.8] Service: Compatible non-conducting air/gas. Wetted Parts: Consult factory. Accuracy: < ±0.14% FS. Stability: < ±0.1% FS over 6 70 F (21 C). Pressure Limits: See Chart. Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to 175 F (-18 to 71 C); Storage: -65 to 250 F (-53 to 121 C). Compensated Temperature : 30 to 150 F (-1 to 65 C). Thermal Effect: < ±1.0% FS/100 F. Power Requirements: 17 to 42 VDC for current models, 22 to 30 VDC for voltage models. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma for current models, 0 to 5 VDC for voltage models. 5/16 [7.94] 1-1/2 [38.1] 7/8 [22.23] 1/8 [3.18] 1/8 [3.18] 4x Ø5/32 [Ø3.97] MOUNTING HOLES Ø2-47/64 [69.45] 3 [76.2] 3-1/4 [82.55] Zero and Span Output: Zero output: Factory set to within ±0.07 ma; Span output: Factory set to within ±0.07 ma. Loop Resistance: Min. supply voltage (VDC) = x Resistance of receiver plus line; Max. supply voltage (VDC) = x Resistance of receiver plus line. Zero and Span Adjustments: None. Response Time: < 5 ms. Current Consumption: < 30 ma. Electrical Connections: 2 ft cable. Process Connections: 1/8-27 NPT internal (both positive and negative ports). Mounting Orientation: Pressure port 90 parallel to ground. Thermal Effects: Max. zero: ±1.0 (±1.8); %FS/100 F (100 C) max. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). Agency Approval: CE. S To order option, add suffix to part number, i.e. HADP-UV-00-T1. - T1 Expanded temp range -65 to 250 F (-53 to 121 C) - A1 Improved accuracy ±0.073% FS Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Differential Pressure Switches CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

44 Differential Pressure Transmitters Differential Pressure Transmitter combines very low ranges with exceptional stability, reliability and either ±0.25% or ±0.5% accuracy for the most demanding applications. s from to 0-25 in w.c. Ultra thin glass clad silicon diaphragm design resists shock and vibration, practically eliminates drift. Certification to NIST standards is included with each unit. Tough stainless steel housing is NEMA-2 rated to protect against moisture and dirt. Use with air and other compatible gases * * * (in w.c.) *s have a ±0.25% FS accuracy * B 607-1B 607-2B B 607-4B 607-7B Low Differential Pressure Transmitter ±0.25% or ± 0.5% Full Scale Accuracy, s from in w.c. (in w.c.) /32 [42.06] 7/32 [5.556] 3-5/16 [84.12] 3-59/64 [99.62] 4-9/16 [115.9] 3-13/32 3-7/8 [86.52] [98.43][111.1] 4-3/8 Service: Air and nonconductive, noncorrosive gases. Wetted Materials: Contact factory. Accuracy: ±0.5% or ±0.25% FS. Stability: ±0.5% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: -20 to 160 F (-29 to 71 C), 10 to 95% RH. Pressure Limits: 10 psig (0.69 bar). Compensated Temp. : 35 to 135 F (2 to 57 C). Thermal Effects: ±0.015% FS/ F (zero and span). Power Requirements: VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma DC, 2-wire. 1-19/64 [32.94] 1-53/64 [46.53] Zero & Span Adjustments: Externally accessible potentiometers, noninteractive, ±10% FS adjustment. Response Time: 250 msec max. Loop Resistance: 0 to 1045 V min =12V+[(.22A)(R L )]. Current Consumption: 3.6 ma (min). Electrical Connection: Screw terminals. Process Connection: Barbed stainless steel for 3/16 ID tubing. Housing: 300 SS (NEMA 2, IP11). Weight: 1.04 lb (472 g). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORY A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. 607D DIN Rail Mount Differential Pressure Transmitter Mounts on 35 mm DIN Rail, LED Status Indication, ±0.25% Full Scale Accuracy 1-1/16 [27.00] 2-53/64 [71.70] 2-41/64 [67.00] The 607D DIN Rail Mount Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and compatible gases and sends a standard 4 to 20 ma output signal. The 607D housing is specifically designed to mount on a 35 mm DIN rail in a panel. This mounting style allows for several units to be mounted closely together reducing required space. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to 0.25% full-scale accuracy in ranges from the very low 0.1 in w.c. to 25 in w.c. The zero control is for field calibration. Units also include red/green LED status of proper transmitter operation. Versatile circuit design enables operation in 2-wire current loops. 607D D D D D D D-07 (in w.c.) 0 to to to to 1 0 to to 5 0 to D D D D D D-15 (in w.c.) 0 to 25 0 to ± to ±0.1 0 to ± to ±0.5 0 to ±1 3-25/64 [86.00] 3-13/16 [96.79] 21/64 [8.50] Service: Air and non-conductive, noncorrosive gases. Wetted Materials: 302 SS, glass, nickel, silicone rubber and brass. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS* at room temperature. *RSS includes nonlinearity, hysteresis and nonrepeatability. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: Operating and compensated: 0 to 170 F (-18 to 77 C); Storage: -65 to 185 F (-54 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: 15 psi (100 kpa). Thermal Effects: (Includes zero and span) ±0.01 FS/ F, 20 to 170 F (-7 to 77 C) [18.25] 15/16 [23.97] Power Requirements: 16 to 32 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero Adjustment: Potentiometer for zero. Response Time: Approximately 10 ms. Max. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 800 Ω. Electrical Connections: Screw-type removeable terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed fittings for 1/8 (3.12 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Mounting Orientation: Vertical, on a (35 mm) DIN rail. Weight: 7.0 oz (198 g). Agency Approval: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. ACCESSORY A-360, Aluminum DINRail 1 m Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 44

45 Transmitter features an exceptional ±0.25% accuracy in several factory calibrated ranges. Choose the one just right for your application. Span and Zero controls included for fine tuning and minor re-calibration in the field B B B 0-6 in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c. Max. Press. 5 psig 5 psig 11 psig 11 psig 29 psig 29 psig 5 psig 5 psig 11 psig For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: NIST. 616D Differential Pressure Transmitter Integral Pressure Connections, Accuracy ±0.25% Full Scale 1-13/32 [35.74] Ø5/32 [3.97] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 2 PLACES 1-1/2 [38.1] 2-1/4 [57.15] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-17.8 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/ F (±0.012% FS/ C). Power Requirements: VDC (2-wire). 3-21/64 [84.53] 2-13/32 [61.12] 1/2 [12.7] 5/16 [7.95] 1/2 [12.7] 7/8 [22.23] 15/32 [11.91] 7/16 [11.11] Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span. Loop Resistance: DC; max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 mm and 4.76 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g). Agency Approval: CE. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) DIN Rail Differential Pressure Transmitter Mounts on 35 mm DIN Rail, ±0.25% Full Scale Accuracy 2-3/8 [60.33] 13/16 [20.64] Differential Pressure Transmitters 2-3/8 [60.33] 2-57/64 [73.42] 1-1/2 [38.10] 3/4 [19.05] The 616D Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and compatible gases and sends a standard 4 to 20 ma output signal. The 616D enclosure is specifically designed to mount on a 35 mm DIN rail in a panel. This mounting style allows for several units to be mounted closely together reducing required space. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges as listed in the chart below. The span and zero controls are for use when checking calibration. They are not intended for re-ranging to a significantly different span. Versatile circuit design enables operation in 2- wire current loops. 616D in w.c. 616D in w.c. 616D in w.c. 616D in w.c. 616D in w.c. 616D in w.c. ACCESSORY A-360, Aluminum DINRail 1 m Max. Press. 5 psig 5 psig 11 psig 11 psig 29 psig 29 psig Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS at 70 F. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/ F (0.0012% FS/ C). Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 1250 max. Current Consumption: DC: 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Accessories included are 2 barbed fittings for 1/8 (3.12 mm) and 3/16 (4.77 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Mounting Orientation: Vertical, on a (35 mm) DINrail. Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g). Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

46 Differential PressureTransmitters The 648B and 648C Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed to be used with clean, dry air and other non-corrosive gases. Each unit features a pushactivated zero function and an associated LED light indicator. With the convenient pushbutton, zero calibration can be performed without any additional equipment, which significantly reduces time and cost for users. The dual color LED indicates if the transmitter is at normal operation, overpressure, or in the process of zero calibration. The enclosure consists of a flame retardant plastic top cover and a stainless steel bottom plate for ruggedness. The pressure ranges vary from 0.1 in w.c. to 25 in w.c. unidirectional and 0.25 in w.c. to 5 in w.c. bidirectional. 648B comes standard with ±0.8% FS* accuracy, while 648C models are available in ±0.4% FS* accuracy for more demanding applications. Wiring time is reduced with the removeable terminal block. Each unit features a 2-wire 4 to 20 ma output that is fully protected against short circuiting and incorrect wiring. 648B B B B B B B-07 (in w.c.) 0 to to to to 1 0 to to 5 0 to B B B B B B B & 648C (in w.c.) 0 to 25 0 to ± to ±0.5 0 to ±1 0 to ±2.5 0 to ±5 Differential Pressure Transmitters Unidirectional and Bidirectional s, Removable Terminal Block TERMINAL BLOCK 1-9/16 [39.50] Note: To order unit with ±0.4% FS* accuracy, change B to C in model number. Ex. 648C B BRASS HOLE BARBS 1 [25.40] 1-57/64 [48.00] LED 3-15/32 [88.00] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: 302 SS, glass, nickel, silicon rubber, polyethylene, acrylic, ABS and brass. Accuracy: 648B: ±0.8% FS* at room temperature; 648C: ±0.4% FS* at room temperature. *RSS (Root SumSquare) includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to 170 F (-18 to 77 C); Storage: -65 to 185 F (-54 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: 15 psi (100 kpa) proof pressure; 30 psi (200 kpa) burst pressure. Ø3/16 [Ø4.80] 3-5/32 [80.00] 3/16 [4.80] Thermal Effects: 648B: ±0.025% FS/ F (0.045%/ C); 648C: ±0.020% FS/ F (0.036%/ C). Power Requirements: 13 to 32 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Pushbutton for zero, potentiometer for span. Response Time: Approximately 10 ms. Max. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 950 Ω. Electrical Connection: Detachable euro-style terminal block. Process Connections: 3/16 OD barbed fitting for 1/8 ID push-on tubing. Housing: SS and PC+ABS alloy. Weight: 3.8 oz (108 g). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Differential Pressure Transmitter NEMA 4 Enclosure with Integral Mounting Bracket 19/32 [15.01] 1-9/ /64 [32.50] [36.00] 49/64 [19.50] 5/16 [8.00] 1-3/16 [30.00] 2-9/16 [65.00] 4-17/32 [115.00] 4-3/64 [102.90] With Cover Removed 1-25/64 [35.40] 17/64 [6.90] 5-1/2 [139.70] 3/16 [4.60] 5-1/8 [130.00] Mounting Plate 677B Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed to measure pressures as low as 0.1 in w.c. with ±0.4% accuracy. Use 677B for building energy management systems, environmental pollution control, oven pressurization, lab and fume hood control, HVAC and VAV applications. The transmitter features 15 psid overpressure, reverse polarity protection and EMI/RFI protection. Internal regulation permits use with unregulated DC power supplies. The NEMA 4 housing allows for versatile mounting locations and integral mounting tabs simplify installation. 677B B B B B B B-07 (in w.c.) 0 to to to to 1 0 to to 5 0 to B B B B B B-15 (in w.c.) 0 to 25 0 to ± to ±0.1 0 to ± to ±0.5 0 to ±1 ACCESSORIES A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Service: Air and non-conductive, noncorrosive gases. Wetted Materials: 302 SS, glass, nickel, silicone rubber and brass. Accuracy: ±0.4% FS* at room temperature. *RSS includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: Operating and Compensated: 0 to 185 F (-18 to 85 C); Storage: -65 to 220 F (-54 to 105 C). Pressure Limit: 15 psi (100 kpa). Thermal Effects: (Includes zero and span) <0.028% FS/ F, 0 to 185 F (-18 to 85 C). Power Requirement: 16 to 32 VDC. Output: 4 to 20 ma DC, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustments: Internally accessible potentiometers, noninteractive. Response Time: Approximately 10 ms. Max. Loop Resistance: DC: 0 to 800 Ω. Process Connection: 3/16 OD barbed brass pressure fitting. EnclosureRating: NEMA 4 (IP65). Weight: 11.5 oz (330 g). Agency Approval: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 46

47 668 Compact Differential Pressure Transmitter s from 0 to 0.25 in w.c., Overpressure Protection to 10 psig, ±1% Accuracy Our low cost 668 Differential Pressure Transmitter is capable of measuring low pressures with a ±1% accuracy ideally suited for proper building pressurization and air flow control. Transmitters can withstand up to 10 psig overpressure with no damage to the unit. Variable capacitance sensor design provides excellent sensitivity and long-term stability. Compact, lightweight design makes installation simple and easy. Units also feature reverse-polarity protection. * to 0.25 in w.c. 0 to 0.5 in w.c. 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2.5 in w.c. 0 to 5.0 in w.c. * to 10 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 100 in w.c. Bi-Directional * to ±0.1 in w.c. 0 to ±0.25 in w.c. 0 to ±2.5 in w.c. 0 to ±25 in w.c. *Also available with optional conduit cover. To order add CŽ to part number, i.e. 668C-1. Consult factory for additional information. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. 616C 3-1/2 [88.90] 1-41/64 [41.67] 3/16 [4.76] FITTING 1 [25.40] 2-3/4 [69.85] 6-32 SCREW W/TERMINAL WASHER Service: Air and non-conductive gases. Accuracy: ±1% of full-scale (RSS) (includes non-linearity, hysteresis, and non-repeatability). Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to 150 F (-18 to 65 C); Storage: -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C). Pressure Limits:10 psig (0.69 bar). Compensated Temperature : 0 to 150 F (-18 to 65 C). Thermal Effects: 0.033% FS/ F (0.018% FS/ C). _ COM OUT LOW 3/8 [9.53] HIGH + EXC 3-5/32 [80.16] Ø5/32 [3.97] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 2 PLACES 1-7/8 [47.63] Supply Voltage: VDC. Output: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjust: ±1 ma, non-interactive. Response Time: < 60 ms. Loop Resistance: Electrical Connection: Terminal strip. Pressure Connection: 3/16 OD fitting for 1/4 ID tubing. Housing: Fire retardant glass filled polyester. Weight: 3 oz (85 g). Agency Approvals: CE. ACCESSORIES A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Differential Pressure Transmitter Accuracy ±1% Full Scale 1-13/32 [35.74] 3-21/64 [84.53] 2-13/32 [61.12] 5/16 [7.95] 15/32 [11.91] Differential Pressure Transmitters 616C Transmitter features an exceptional 1% accuracy in several factory calibrated ranges. Choose the one just right for your application. Span and Zero controls included for fine tuning and minor re-calibration in the field. 616C-1 616C-2 616C-3 616C-4 616C-5 616C-3B 0-3 in w.c. 0-6 in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c. Max. Press. 2 psig 5 psig 5 psig 11 psig 11 psig 2 psig For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 616C-1-NIST. Ø5/32 [3.97] MOUNTING HOLE TYP 2 PLACES 1-1/2 [38.1] 2-1/4 [57.15] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-17.8 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/ F (±0.012% FS/ C). 1/2 [12.7] 1/2 [12.7] 7/8 [22.23] 7/16 [11.11] Power Requirements: VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span. Loop Resistance: DC; max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 mm and 4.76 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g). Agency Approval: CE. ACCESSORY A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

48 R Differential Pressure Transmitters 616KD The 616KD Differential Pressure Transmitters with One-Touch technology are designed for simplicity, making them the ideal choice for installers and maintenance professionals. The One-Touch Differential Pressure Transmitters are cost-effective, compact transmitters that reduce up front costs as well as expenses over the life of the product. These instruments not only alleviate cumbersome turn pots typically found in most transmitters, but eliminate entirely the need to span the instrument during calibration. With a single digital push button, both ZERO AND SPAN are calibrated properly, nothing else is required. No additional reference pressure sources and separate calibration devices are necessary; no need to remove from service and send to a lab. All that is required of the installer or user is to let the unit sit at zero reference pressure, then push a button. That is it! The transmitter is now ready for operation. Time savings are enormous over the life of the product compared to traditional transmitters which require time to annually remove the product from service plus the additional time to actually perform a complete full-span calibration. Mounting is simple with integral mounting holes on the 616KD that are inherent to the molded housing. The 616KD has the expanded capability to be mounted on a 35 mm DIN rail either via its side or back integral DIN rail clips. The 616KD has easy-to-wire open screw terminals at the top of the housing. An optional protective cap snaps directly to housing to cover terminals. The One-Touch family of Differential Pressure Transmitters are ideal for building automation applications such as air handlers, duct pressure, variable air volume and filter monitoring. Available models include ranges from 1 in w.c. to 20 in w.c. depending on series. Differential Pressure Transmitter Digital Push-Button Calibration with One-Touch Transmitter Technology, DIN Mount Housing Optional protective cap One Touch Digital Push Button sets both zero &span AL TERMINAL COVER 5/8 [15.88] Ø5/32 [3.97] MOUNTING HOLE 2 PLACES 2-1/4 [57.15] 2-13/32 [61.12] 5/16 [7.94] 3-21/64 [84.53] 2-13/32 [61.12] 1/2 [12.70] 1-1/2 [38.10] 7/8 [22.23] 1-1/32 [26.19] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±2% FS. Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Pressure Limits: 2 psi (13.8 kpa). Thermal Effect on Span: ±0.11% FS/ F (±0.19% FS/ C) typ. Thermal Effect on Zero: 616KD-X0: 0.6%/ F (1%/ C); 616KD-X1: 0.3%/ F (0.5%/ C); 616KD-X2: 0.2%/ F (0.33%/ C); 616KD-X3: 0.12%/ F (0.2%/ C); 616KD-X4: 0.06%/ F (0.1%/ C) FS max. Power Requirements: 16 to 35 VDC(2 or 3 wire), 20 to 28 VAC (3 wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma or unit with field selectable 0 to 10 & 0 to 5 volt. Zero and Span Adjustments: Push button. Loop Resistance: DC=1000 Ω max.; AC=1200 Ω max. Current Consumption: 21 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8 & 3/16 (3 mm & 5 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA1 (IP10). Mounting Orientation: Position insensitive. Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g). Agency Approval: CE, RoHS. RoHS ACCESSORIES A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-360, Aluminum DINRail, 1 m A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-618, Protective Terminal Cap SCD-PS, 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC Power Supply For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 616KD-01-NIST. 616KD KD KD KD KD KD KD KD KD KD KD KD KD-14 0 to 1 in w.c. 0 to 2 in w.c. 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 250 Pa 0 to 500 Pa 0 to 750 Pa 0 to 1250 Pa 0 to 2500 Pa Note: For field selectable 0 to 10 / 0 to 5 volt output models, add -V to end of model. Ex: 616KD-01-V. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 48

49 610 Precision Low Differential Pressure Transmitter Ideal for Clean Rooms, Easy to Field Calibrate with Security Key 5-41/64 [143.27] CALIBRATION KEY A /32 [99.22] Base Mount Version 31/64 [12.3] CALIBRATION KEY 3/4 [19.05] A /32 [73.82] 2-29/32 [73.82] 3-29/32 [99.22] DINRail Mount 31/64 [12.3] 3/4 [19.05] 3-13/32 [86.52] FOR 35MM DIN RAIL MOUNTING Differential Pressure Transmitters The 610 Low Differential Pressure Transmitters are capable of measuring the pressures and flow of air or non-conducting gases at high resolutions. Designed specifically for clean rooms, isolation rooms, and other critical environments, the 610 is ideal for situations when accurate and reliable pressure monitoring is essential. Easy access pressure ports and electrical connections, removable process heads, and detachable terminal blocks make for fast and easy installation. The 610 transmitters are available for air pressure ranges as low as 0.1 in w.c. full-scale. The 610 transmitters can be ordered as either ±0.25% or ±0.5% FS accuracy, base mount or din rail mount and the option of a digital read out display. In addition, a calibration key can be ordered that allows the user to set zero and span. One key will work on multiple transmitters. FEATURES s down to 0.1 w.c. with 0.25% or 0.5% F.S. accuracy Removeable process head for simplified installation Secure operation ensured with calibration only possible via separate calibration key Calibration certificate included with ±0.25% accuracy models Service: Air or similar non-conducting gases. Accuracy: ±0.25% or ±0.5% FS. Stability: ±0.5%/yr. Temperature Limits: -20 to 160 F (-29 to 71 C). Pressure Limits: 2 psi (0.137 bar). Thermal Effect: 0.5% FS. Power Requirements: 13.5 to 30 VDC. Output: 4 to 20 ma. Loop Resistance: 800 max. Current Consumption: 25 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: External security key pendant. Response Time: 0.02 to 0.04 seconds. Electrical Connections: Detachable screw terminal connector. Process Connections: 3/16 OD barbed brass fittings on removeable process head. Enclosure Rating: Fire retardant ABS. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 9 oz (255 g). Agency Approvals: CE. 0.5% Accuracy With Display D-BDE D-BDE D-BDE A-BDE A-BDE A-BDE A-BDE C-BDE C-BDE ±.1 ±.25 Without Display D-BNE D-BNE D-BNE A-BNE A-BNE A-BNE A-BNE C-BNE C-BNE Note: For 0.25% accuracy models change last letter E to V. For Din Rail Mount models change the letter B to D ±.1 ±.25 ACCESSORIES A-165, Security Key A-616, Process Head without display A-617, Process Head with LCD display For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Static Fitting Options: See page 548 (Static Pressure Tips) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

50 Room Status Monitor RSM The RSM Room Status Monitor is designed for critical low differential pressure applications that require stringent pressure monitoring and alarming. The RSM can be configured to monitor positive or negative pressure in protected environments and hospital isolation rooms per CDC guidelines. The RSM is a complete system that includes a backlit RGB LCD display with a graphic user interface which enables access to pressure, security, calibration, and alarm setup. The touch-screen displays menus that guide the user through setup, as well as setting up password protection. Red and green LED's and a local audible alarm (with time delay feature) alert personnel to system status. The RSM has a NEMA 1 (IP20) rated fire retardant plastic for indoor applications. True differential pressure is displayed with a resolution of in w.c. The very low pressure capacitance is dead ended and avoids the potential for cross contamination of the room and reference space as well as eliminating drift that results from fouling of flow based sensors, which by nature have a flow path connecting the protected and reference spaces. Additionally, there are two levels of password protection available as well as optional BACnet MSTP communication. A calibration certificate is provided with every unit. APPLICATIONS Hospital isolation wards Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Clean rooms Research labs Animal facilities RSM-1-A RSM-2-A RSM-3-A RSM-4-A RSM-5-A RSM-6-A RSM-1-B RSM-2-B RSM-3-B RSM-4-B RSM-5-B RSM-6-B Operating ±0.05 in w.c. ±0.1 in w.c. ±0.25 in w.c. ±0.5 in w.c. ±1 in w.c. ±2.5 in w.c. ±0.05 in w.c. ±0.1 in w.c. ±0.25 in w.c. ±0.5 in w.c. ±1 in w.c. ±2.5 in w.c. Excitation/Output 24 VAC/4 to 20 ma or 0 to 5 or 0 to 10 VDC 120 VAC/4 to 20 ma or 0 to 5 or 0 to 10 VDC Room Status Monitor For Sensing Low Pressure Using High Accuracy 8 [203.20] 5-13/32 [137.16] 2-5/32 [55.12] 4-5/8 [117.09] 1-5/8 [41.66] TUBING HEADER PORT Room Status Monitor SPEAKER ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE BUTTON A-285 Remote Annunciator LED INDICATORS Service: Air or nonconductive, nonexplosive gases. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS. Temperature Limits: 32 to 120 F (0 to 50 C). Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing). Altitude: 6561 ft (2000 meters) max. Thermal Effects: ±0.03% FS/ F (± 0.05% FS/ C). Pressure Limits: ±15 in w.c. (±3.7 kpa). Supply Voltage: Order code A (24 VAC): 18 to 32 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz; Order code B (120 VAC): 85 to 265 VAC, 50 to 60 Hz; Main supply voltage fluctuations up to 10%. Power Requirements: 5 W. Power Consumption (Voltage output): 5 W. Output Signal: Selectable 4 to 20 ma (2-wire), 0 to 5 VDC (3-wire), or 0 to 10 VDC (3-wire). Switch Type:SPST. Loop Resistance (4 to 20 ma output): 0 to 510. Electrical Connection: Removable terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed fittings for 3/16 ID tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 1 (IP20) rated for indoor applications. Housing: Fire retardant plastic. Mounting: Mount to standard double gang metal electrical box using 4x4 plaster ring adapter. Dimensions: 8 H x 5.4 W x 1.8 D (20.3 H x 13.7 W x 4.1 D cm). Weight: 1.5 lb (680 g). Communications: BACnet MSTP ASC optional. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA (RSM only). Note: For optional BACnet communication change end from -A to -C for 24 VAC power or from -B to -D for 120 VAC power models. ACCESSORY A-285, Remote Alarm Annunciator with Visible/Audible Alarm and Acknowledge Switch C US Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 50

51 616W Positive, negative and differential pressures can be measured within a full span accuracy of ±0.25% with the 616W Differential Pressure Transmitter. Units are enclosed in a polycarbonate case, rated NEMA 4X (IP66) and operate by sensing the pressure of air and compatible gases, then sending a standard 4-20 ma output signal. Design enables operation in 2-wire current loops. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges. The span and zero controls are for use when checking calibration. They are not intended for re-ranging to a significantly different span. The LCD (as shown above) allows local indication of pressure. 616W-2-LCD 0-6 in w.c. 616W-3-LCD 0-10 in w.c. 616W-4-LCD 0-20 in w.c. 616W-5-LCD 0-40 in w.c. 616W-6-LCD in w.c. 616W-7-LCD in w.c. 616W-20B-LCD in w.c. 616W-3M-LCD kpa Max. Press. 5 psig 5 psig 11 psig 11 psig 29 psig 29 psig 11 psig 34.5 kpa Note: Units with MŽ in the model number are metric units. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 616W-3-LCD-NIST. 616WL Differential Pressure Transmitter NEMA 4X Enclosure, 0.25% Full Scale Accuracy 3-1/8 [79.38] 3-3/4 [95.25] 4-1/2 [114.30] 5-1/8 [130.18] 1-3/16 [30.18] 2-1/8 [53.98] 1-1/4 [31.75] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS, display accuracy ±0.5%. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-17.8 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/ F (0.0012% FS/ C). Power Requirements: VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Ø3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLACES 1-5/16 [33.32] TYP 7/16 OR 5/8 [11.13 OR 15.88] TYP 1/8 AND 3/16 [3.18 AND 4.76] I.D. TUBING 3-1/8 3/4 [19.05] TYP [79.38] Differential Pressure Transmitter Low s Down to 0.25 in w.c. (60 Pa), NEMA 4X Housing (IP66) 3-1/8 [79.38] 4-17/32 [115.09] Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span. Loop Resistance: DC; max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 and 4.76 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Vertical, consult factory for other position orientations. Weight: Without LCD 8.8 oz. (249 g); with LCD 9.6 oz (272 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 3/16 [4.76] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLCS Differential Pressure Transmitters 4-17/32 [115.09] 5-1/8 [130.18] The 616WL Differential Pressure Transmitter senses very low pressures of air and non-combustible, compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 ma output signal. All models, including those featuring the 3 digit LCD digital read-out, are factory calibrated to specific ranges as listed in the chart below. Positive, negative, and differential pressures can be measured within a full span accuracy of ±0.50%. This weatherproof unit is enclosed in a polycarbonate case, designed to meet (IP66/NEMA 4X). Internal digital push button zero and span allow for quick and simple field calibration. 616WL-2-LCD in w.c. 616WL-4-LCD 0-1 in w.c. 616WL-12-LCD in w.c. 616WL-14-LCD in w.c. 616WL-22-LCD 0-60 Pa 616WL-32-LCD Pa 616WL-25-LCD Pa 616WL-35-LCD Pa Max. Press. 2 psig 4 psig 2 psig 4 psig 2 psig 2 psig 4 psig 4 psig For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 616WL-4-LCD-NIST. 63/61 [25.00] 47/64 [18.65] 2-21/32 [67.47] 3-45/64 [94.06] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.50% FS, display accuracy ±0.5%. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-17.8 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/ F (0.036% FS/ C). Power Requirements: VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. FITTING TO ACCOMODATE CABLE DIAMETERS OF /8 AND 3/16 [3.18 AND 4.76] I.D. TUBING 49/64 [19.45] 2-37/64 1-1/8 [65.48] [28.58] 3-1/8 [79.38] Zero and Span Adjustments: Digital, push button adj. Loop Resistance: DC; max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8 and 3/16 (3.12 and 4.76 mm) ID rubber or vinyl tubing. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Vertical, consult factory for other position orientations. Weight: Without LCD 17 oz (482 g); with LCD 18 oz (510 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

52 Differential Pressure Transmitters 605 Magnehelic Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter 1 [25.40] (3) #6-32 x 3/16 [4.76] DP HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A Ø4-1/8 [104.78] B.C. FOR PANEL MOUNTING The 605 Magnehelic Indicating Transmitter provides for both visual monitoring and electronic control of very low differential pressure. The 605 is ideal for control applications in building HVAC systems where local indication is desired during routine maintenance checks or necessary when trouble shooting the system. The easily read dial gage is complimented by the two-wire, 4-20 ma control signal utilizing the timeproven Dwyer Magnehelic gage mechanical design and 600 transmitter technology. The 2-wire design with terminal strip on the rear simplifies connection in any 4-20 ma control loop powered by a VDC supply N PA PA PA PA in w.c in Pa Maximum Pressure 25 psi (1.7 bar) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 2 psi (13.79 kpa) 2 psi (13.79 kpa) 2 psi (13.79 kpa) 2 psi (13.79 kpa) 11 psi (75.8 kpa) 11 psi (75.8 kpa) 11 psi (75.8 kpa) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 25 psi (1.7 bar) 2 psi (13.79 kpa) Electrical Accuracy ±% Mechanical Accuracy ±% /8 [28.58] 11/16 [17.46] 23/32 [18.26] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 1-3/4 [44.45] 1/2 [12.70] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION 1-1/4 [31.75] 2 [50.80] 2-1/16 [52.39] Ø4-47/64 [ ] Ø5 [127.00] 5/8 [15.88] 2-1/2 PANEL MAX [63.50] 3/16 [4.76] GAGE Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: See chart. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Pressure Limits: See chart. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face, 5 (127 mm) OD x 2-11/16 (68.3 mm). Weight: 1 lb, 12.6 oz (811 g). Agency Approvals: CE. (4) 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. FOR FLUSH MOUNTING Ø4 [101.60] FACE 5-1/2 [139.70] O.D. MOUNTING RING TRANSMITTER Accuracy: See chart (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Compensated Temperature : 32 to 120 F (0 to 48.9 C). Thermal Effect: ±0.025% FS/ F (0.045% FS/ C). Power Requirements: VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Protected potentiometers. Loop Resistance: DC; max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. ACCESSORIES A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket - for flush mounting A-370, Mounting Bracket - flush mount 605 Transmitter in bracket. Bracket is then surface mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: NIST. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Static Fitting Options: See page 548 (Static Pressure Tips) 52

53 AT2 605 The ATEX approved AT2605 Indicating Transmitter provides for both visual monitoring and electronic control of very low differential pressure in hazardous locations. The easily read dial gage is complimented by the two-wire, 4 to 20 ma control signal utilizing the time-proven Dwyer Magnehelic gage mechanical design and 600 transmitter technology. The two-wire design simplifies any 4 to 20 ma control loop powered by a 10 to 35 VDC supply. Flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing process pressure on gage face. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Construction Housing Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag AT N Pa -125 Pa -250 Pa -500 Pa -X -A B O 1 2 ATEX Approved 605 Differential Pressure Indicating Transmitter 605 in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure X OPV T2.05 to 0 to.20 in w.c..25 to 0 to.25 in w.c. 0 to.50 in w.c. 0 to 1.0 in w.c. 0 to 2.0 in w.c. 0 to 3.0 in w.c. 0 to 6.0 in w.c. 0 to 10.0 in w.c. 0 to 20.0 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to 50 in w.c. 0 to 60 Pa 0 to 125 Pa 0 to 250 Pa 0 to 500 Pa Standard construction Aluminum 6-19/64 [160.00] Blind Glass top cover 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label 1-31/32 [50.00] 1/8 NPT 19/32 [15.00] Ø5/16 [Ø8.00] 15/16 [24.00] 1-31/32 [50.00] 8-7/64 [206.00] 6-19/64 [160.00] 5-23/64 [136.00] GAGE Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: See page reference ❶ below. Pressure Limits: See page reference ❶ below. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C); Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Size: 4 (101.6 mm) dial face. 2-9/16 [65.00] 1-37/64 [40.00] 8-5/ /64 [205.00] [182.00] 8-17/64 [210.00] 1/8 NPT 19/32 [15.00] TRANSMITTER Accuracy: See page reference ❶ below. Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability. Compensated Temperature : 32 to 120 F (0 to 48.9 C). Thermal Effect: ±0.025% FS/ F (0.045% FS/ C). Stability: ±1% FS/year. Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Protected potentiometers on 605 face. Can access those by opening case. Allowed only in safe zone. Loop Resistance: DC; 0 to 1250 max. Current Consumption: DC; 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: IP66. IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 2.6 lb (5.7 kg). ATEX Approved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. Differential Pressure Transmitters ❶605 Ordering Page: See page 52 ( 605) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

54 Differential Pressure Transmitters Scan here to watch product video MS2 Magnesense II Differential Pressure Transmitter Monitors Pressure, Air Velocity & Air Flow, BACnet/Modbus Communications Ø3-7/16 [Ø87.31] Ø3-7/16 [Ø87.31] 1-41/64 [41.71] 2-41/64 [67.07] 1/2 NPT 21/32 [16.67] 2-41/64 [67.24] 1/2 NPT 25/64 [9.96] 21/32 [16.67] 21/32 [16.67] 57/64 [22.62] 29/32 [23.02] 1/2 [12.70] Wall Mount Bracket 7-3/4 [196.77] Duct Mount Bracket 21/32 [16.67] 57/64 [22.62] DIN Mount Bracket 2-11/64 [55.17] 2-9/16 [65.09] 3/8 [9.53] 29/32 [23.02] 1/2 [12.70] (3) 3/16 [4.76] HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A [104.52] BC 2-11/64 [55.17] 3-11/32 [84.84] 3-1/2 [88.90] The MS2 Magnesense II Differential Pressure Transmitter combines the proven stable Hall Effect sensing technology of our original MS with additional features to reduce installation time and simplify ordering. In this second generation transmitter, we have added additional field selectable pressure ranges so that each model can have four selectable ranges along with four additional bidirectional ranges. When using the pluggable integral display or the portable remote display tool, both Metric and English engineering units can be selected via on board dip switches. Dual current and voltage outputs allow users to simultaneously take either a current or voltage output to their building controller and have a local test circuit for verification of the output reading. The voltage output can be selected to be either 0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10 VDC, while the current is always 4 to 20 ma. Both the current and voltage output can also be inverted. The MS2 can also be ordered with either a BACnet or MODBUS Communications protocol output that will allow the transmitters to be daisy-chained together. Like the original MS, the second generation transmitter can be used as a linear pressure output or a linear velocity output with the square root extraction done in the transmitter. Additional parameters have been included to expand the square root capability to include flow measurements. BACnet and Modbus Communications protocol recommend limiting the number of nodes in any segment to 32. Therefore, the transceiver may be rated at one unit load. Fractional loads are also acceptable. The MS2 accounts as an eighth of a load on the MSTP network. in w.c. Pa mm w.c. kpa MS2-W , 0.15, 25, 40 50, 2.5, 4, 6, 0.025, 0.04, 0.25, , MS2-W111 ±0.10, ±0.15, ±25, ±40, ±50, ±2.5, ±4, ±0.025, ±0.04, ±0.25, ±0.5 ±125 ±6, ±10 ±0.05, ±0.125 MS2-W102 1, 2, 3, 5 250, 500, 750, 25, 50, 75, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, MS2-W103* 10, 15, 25, 2500, 3500, 250, 350, 2.5, 3.5, 5.0, , , *s can be changed in the field to have zero centered ranges at reduced accuracy. S Add -LCD to end of model numbers for units with display Example: MS2-W101-LCD Add -BC to end of model numbers for BACnet Communications Example:MS2-W101-BC Add -MC to end of model numbers for Modbus Communications Example:MS2-W101-MC Add -NIST to end of model numbers for NIST Traceable Certificate Example: MS2-W101-NIST Add -FC to end of model numbers for Factory Calibration Certificate Example: MS2-W101-FC Change W to D for Duct Mount Static Probe Example: MS2-D101 Change W to N for DINRail Mounting Example: MS2-N101 Supported Baud Rates: 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, Data Size: 8. Parity: None. Stop Bits: 1. Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Typical Accuracy: ±1% FS for 0.15 (40 Pa), 0.25 (50 Pa), 0.5 (100 Pa), 2 (500 Pa), 3 (750 Pa), 5 (1250 Pa), 10 (2 kpa), 15 (3 kpa), 25 (5 kpa), 28 (6.975 kpa); ±2% FS for 0.1 (25 Pa), 1 (250 Pa), and all bi-directional ranges. Stability: ±1% / year FSO. Temperature Limits: 0 to 150 F (-18 to 66 C). Pressure Limits: 1 psi max., operation; 10 psi burst. Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2-wire), 17 to 36 VDC or isolated 21.6 to 33 VAC (3-wire). Output Signals: 4 to 20 ma (2-wire), 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC (3-wire). Response Time: Adjustable: 0.5 to 15 sec. time constant. Provides a 95% response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds. Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push buttons. Loop Resistance: Current Output: 0 to 1250 max; Voltage Output: Min. load resistance 1 k. Current Consumption: 40 ma max. Display (Optional): 5 digit LCD. Electrical Connections: 3-wire removable European style terminal block for 16 to 22 AWG. Electrical Entry: 1/2 NPS thread. Process Connection: 3/16 ID tubing (5 mm ID); Max. OD 9 mm. Enclosure Rating: IP66. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Weight: 8.0 oz (230 g). Agency Approvals: BTL, CE. ACCESSORIES A-151, Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable A-MS2-LCD, Field Upgradeable Display A-435-A, Remote Display Tool A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m) of PVC tubing A-489, SS Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange A-302F-A, SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing SCD-PS, 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC Power Supply Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 54

55 One Unit for all your Building Pressure Applications The Industry Standard for Building Automation Field Upgradable LCD. No need to order two separate transmitters. Simply stock a transmitter and display and you can satisfy any customer s requests. Simply remove cover and snap the LCD onto the board. Large Integral LCD. Second generation Magnesense has a larger LCD that includes the engineering units. Display also has 5 digits allowing measurements up to 99,999 to be displayed directly. Remote Display Toolreduces instrument cost by eliminating need for each transmitter to have its own display. The buttons on the display tool also provide a means to zero and span the units without reaching into the transmitter. Removeable Terminal Blockease installation by allowing for the wiring to be done outside of the housing where the installer has more room. Simultaneous Current/Voltage Output reduces inventory by combining 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V and 4 to 20 ma models into one model. Both outputs are always present allowing field selection of which signal to use and the other signal can be used for local diagnostic without interrupting system. Digital Push Button Zero and Span. Reduces calibration time significantly over other transmitters that utilize potentiometers. Lowers maintenance time and costs. Field Selectable s in metric or English. Lowers stock and inventory requirements. You ll always have the right transmitter for every job. Field Selectable Air Velocity and Flow Modes for fan and blower applications. Unit provides square root output that accurately tracks fpm or m/s for velocity measurements. Now area can be programmed to directly display cfm or m 3 /hr for volumetric flow measurements. No need for a smart programmable indicator or PLC to convert pressure to air flow. Reduces components and installation time lowering overall costs. Differential Pressure Transmitters CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

56 Differential Pressure Transmitters AT2 MS The ATEX Approved AT2MS Magnesense Differential Pressure Transmitter is an extremely versatile transmitter for monitoring pressure and air velocity in hazardous areas. This transmitter is loaded with features such as: field selectable English or metric ranges, field upgradeable LCD display, adjustable dampening of output signal and the ability to select a square root output for use with pitot tubes and other similar flow sensors. Along with these features, the magnetic sensing technology provides exceptional long term performance and enables the Magnesense transmitter to be the solution for a myriad of pressure and flow applications. Flame-proof ATEX enclosures are available in aluminum and can include a glass window for viewing process on the LCD. Important notes for installation: Cables must be fitted through 1/2 NPT cable gland or ATEX conduit (not supplied with instrument). Make sure after cabling to close tight the cover and cable gland, in order to keep IP66 rating (IP65 with option OPV, overpressure relief valve). Open cover only after de-energizing instrument. Attention: Check local safety rules and warnings on unit and manual for a correct use of the instrument in hazardous area. Output Mounting Display Housing Cover Process Connection Overpressure Plug Tag Scan here to watch product video AT2MS LCD -A ATEX Approved Magnesense Differential Pressure Transmitter MS in Flame-Proof ATEX Enclosure B O 1 2 X OPV T2 6-1/4 [160.00] 2 [50.00] 1/8 NPT 1/2 [12.00] Ø3/8 [Ø8.00] 1 [24.00] 2-1/2 [65.00] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: MS-X21: 0.5 in w.c. & 0.25 in w.c.: ±1%; 0.1 in w.c.: ±2%; 100 Pa & 50 Pa: ±1%; 25 Pa: ±2%. MS-X11: 5 in w.c. & 2 in w.c.: ±1%; 1 in w.c.: ±2%; 1250 Pa & 500 Pa: ±1%; 250 Pa: ±2% (@ standard conditions). Stability: ±1% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 0 to 150 F (-18 to 66 C); Case: -58 to 140 F (-50 to 60 C) (Note: Product temperature limits differ from case). Pressure Limits: 1 psi max., operation; 10 psi, burst. Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2-wire); 17 to 36 VDC or isolated 21.6 to 33 VAC (3-wire). Bidirectional, 4 to 20 ma Positive range, 4 to 20 ma Bidirectional, 0 to 10 VDC Positive range, 0 to 10 VDC Bidirectional, 0 to 5 VDC Positive range, 0 to 5 VDC Bidirectional, 0 to 5 VDC, 12 volt in Positive range, 0 to 5 VDC, 12 volt in 1, 2, 5 in w.c. (200, 500, 1000 Pa).1,.25,.5 in w.c. (25, 50, 100 Pa) 10 in w.c. (2 kpa) 15 in w.c. (3 kpa) 25 in w.c. (5 kpa) Wall With LCD Aluminum Blind Glass top cover 1/8 NPT female brass ports 1/8 NPT female SS ports Standard without overpressure relief valve Overpressure relief valve Material same as ports SS information label 7-7/8 [200.00] 6-1/4 [160.00] 5-3/8 [136.00] 1-5/8 [40.00] 7-1/8 [182.00] 8-1/8 [205.00] 5/8 [15.00] 5-1/4 [134.00] 1/8 NPT Output Signals: 4 to 20 ma (2-wire); 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V (3-wire). Response Time: Field adjustable 0.5 to 15 s time constant. Provides a 95% response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds. Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push button. In safe zone only. Loop Resistance: Current output: 0 to 1250 max.; Voltage output: min. load resistance 1 k. Current Consumption: 40 ma max. Display: 4 digit LCD. Electrical Wiring: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire: European style terminal block for 16 to 26 AWG. 0 to 10 V, 3-wire: European style terminal block 16 to 22 AWG. Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Enclosure Rating: 4X IP66, IP65 with option OPV overpressure relief valve. Housing Material: Aluminum. Finishing: Texture epoxy coat RAL7038. Process Connections: 1/8 NPT female brass (SS optional). In presence of acetylene it is necessary to use SS. Electrical Connections: Two 1/2 NPT female. Cable gland not included. Weight: 11 lb (5 kg). ATEXApproved Products from Comhas with ECN: NEMKO 10ATEX1096. Agency Approvals: CE 0470 II2 GD Ex d IIC Gb T6; -50 C Ta +60 C Ex tb IIIC Db T 85 C. 56

57 DM-2000 Differential Pressure Transmitter Same Size as Standard Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gage HIGH PORT 1-1/4 [31.75] DM-2000-LCD The Dwyer DM-2000 Differential Pressure Transmitter senses the pressure of air and compatible gases and sends a standard 4-20 ma output signal. The DM-2000 enclosure is specifically designed to mount in the same diameter cutout as a standard Magnehelic gage. A wide range of models are available factory calibrated to specific ranges. Pressure connections are inherent to the glass filled plastic molded enclosure making installation quick and easy. Digital push-button zero simplifies calibration over typical turnpotentiometers. An optional 3.5 digit LCD shows process and engineering units. A single push button allows field selection of 4 to 6 engineering units depending on range. APPLICATIONS Differential pressure across filters Fan control Static pressures in ducts or buildings DM-2100-LCD LOW PORT 7/16 [11.11] 17/32 [13.50] 1-11/16 [42.86] 5/32 [3.97] Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±1% FS at 70 F. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: 10 psig (0.69 bar). Thermal Effect: ±0.055% FS/ F (0.099% F.S./ C). Power Requirements: VDC (2 wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Zero and Span Adjustments: Digital push-button zero and span. Loop Resistance: DC: maximum. Current Consumption: DC: 38 ma max. Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block. Display: 3.5 digit LCD, 0.7 H. Process Connections: 1/8 ID tubing. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 4.8 oz (136 g). 2 ø4-3/4 [120.65] Differential PressureTransmitters Pa DM-2001-LCD.100 in w.c. DM-2002-LCD.250 in w.c. DM-2003-LCD.500 in w.c. DM-2004-LCD in w.c. DM-2005-LCD 2.00 in w.c. DM-2006-LCD 3.00 in w.c. DM-2007-LCD 5.00 in w.c. DM-2012-LCD in w.c. DM-2013-LCD in w.c DM-2019-LCD in w.c mm wc mbar kpa psi S For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: DM-2002-LCD-NIST For factory calibration certificate, add suffix -FC to model numbers. Example:DM-2002-LCD-FC For white overlay change -20 to -21. Example: DM-2102-LCD ACCESSORIES A-299, Surface Mounting Bracket A-300, Flat Flush Mounting Bracket A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16 ID rubber or plastic tubing. 4 insertion depth. Includes mounting screws A-320-A, Instrument Enclosure A-489, 4 Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange SCD-PS, 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC Power Supply Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

58 Differential Pressure Transmitters ISDP Intrinsically Safe Differential Pressure Transmitter For Hazardous Zone Pressure and Flow Applications 25/32 [21.18] 1-15/16 [48.97] 2-31/32 [75.39] 4-23/32 [120] 4-9/64 [105.17] 4-23/32 [120] 5-7/32 [132.54] 3-7/16 [87.12] BRACKETS ARE AL 1-5/16 [33] 1-17/32 [38.61] 45/64 [17.78] 1-45/64 [43.18] Shown with Optional A-438 Mounting Bracket 4X ø3/16 [4.76] CLEARANCE HOLES FOR MOUNTING MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN 3-17/64 [83] 1-5/32 [29.59] The ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter provides a 4-20 ma process output, a robust NEMA 4X (IP66) enclosure, plus a large LCD display that can be programmed to read in pressure, velocity or flow. The ISDP offers simplified programming via a Menu key that enables the user to select: security level; English or Metric engineering units; pressure, velocity or flow operation, K-factor for use with various Pitot tubes and flow sensors, circular or rectangular duct size for volumetric flow operation, plus many more. The ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter is powered on its two wire loop with VDC via its integral M-12 four pin male connector. The ISDP provides a 0.5% fullscale accuracy on ranges from 0.25 in w.c. to 100 in w.c. as well as bi-directional models up to 10 in w.c. These features make the ISDP Differential Pressure Transmitter the ideal instrument for monitoring pressures or air flows in hazardous zones having a Class I Div. I Groups A, B, C, D; Class II Div. I Groups E, F, G; Class III Div. I ratings. ISDP-002 ISDP-004 ISDP-006 ISDP-007 ISDP-008 ISDP-009 ISDP-010 ISDP-012 ISDP-014 ISDP-015 ISDP-016 ISDP inw.c. 0-1 inw.c. 0-5 inw.c inw.c inw.c inw.c inw.c / inw.c / +1.0 inw.c / +2.5 inw.c / +5.0 inw.c. -10 / +10 inw.c. ACCESSORIES A-231, 16 (5 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M-12 Connection A-486, 4.9 (1 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M-12 Connection A-487, 9.8 (3 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M-12 Connection A-488, 33 (10 m) Shielded Cable with 4 Pin Female M-12 Connection A-295, Female 4 Pin M-12 to Cable Gland Connector MTL5041, Intrinsically Safe Galvanic Isolator MTL7706, Intrinsically Safe Zener Barrier A-438, Surface Mounting Brackets 4-1/8 [105] Service: Air and non-corrosive gases. Wetted Materials: s 5 and greater: glass, PVC, silicon, alumina ceramic, epoxy, RTV, gold, aluminum, stainless steel and nickel; s 1 and lower: stainless steel, silicone, gold and ceramic. Housing Materials: Aluminum, glass. Accuracy: ±0.5% at 77 F (25 C) including hysteresis and repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up). Stability: < ±1% per year. Pressure Limits: s 2.5 in w.c. = 2 psi; 5: 5 psi; 10: 5 psi; 25: 5 psi; 50: 5 psi; 100: 9 psi. Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 140 F (0 to 60 C). Thermal Effects: 0.020%/ F (0.036/ C) from 77 F (25 C). Power Requirements: VDC. Output Signal: 4-20 ma DC. Zero &Span Adjustments: Accessible via menus. Response Time: 250 ms (damping set to 1). Display: 4 digit LCD 0.6 H. Electrical Connections: M-12 4 PIN Connector. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount unit in vertical plane. Weight: 2 lb 10 oz (1.19 kg). Agency Approvals: CE: CENELEC EN 61326/55024: 2003; IEC /3/4/6: 2001/2006/2004/2005; CENELEC EN 55011: 2006; 2004/108/EC EMC Directive. FM Intrinsically Safe CLI Div I GR: A, B,C, D; CLII Div I GR: E, F, G; CLIII Div I. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: ISDP-004-NIST For factory calibration certificate, add suffix -FC to model numbers. Example:ISDP-004-FC Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) 58

59 608 Intrinsically Safe Differential Pressure Transmitter s Down to 0.1 in w.c., FM Approved, NEMA 4X 2-11/16 [68.26] 3 [76.20] 4-1/2 [107.95] 1/4 [6.35] 5/8 [15.88] 3-1/4 [82.55] 5-1/32 [127.79] 1/2 NPT TYP 2 PLACES 1-1/2 [38.10] 1/4 NPT TYP 2 PLACES Differential Pressure Transmitters The 608 Differential Pressure Transmitters convert positive, negative (vacuum), or differential pressures of clean, dry air or other non-conductive, non-corrosive gases into a standard two wire, 4-20 ma output signal. The use of an ultra thin silicon diaphragm enables precision measurement of differential pressures as low as 0.1 in of w.c. while withstanding high static working pressures up to 100 psig (6.89 bar). The 608 transmitters are FM approved intrinsically safe for use in the specified hazardous locations when used with an approved intrinsic safety barrier. The rugged NEMA 4X (IP66), stainless steel housing makes this transmitter ideal for use in industrial and process plant environments. APPLICATIONS Lab fume hood control Clean room applications Flow measurements and control Filter monitoring Furnace draft measurement Process control B B* B (in w.c.) *s have a ±0.25% F.S. accuracy. Service: Clean/dry air and compatible, combustible gases. (see Agency Approvals for FM ratings). Wetted Materials: Consult factory. Accuracy: ±0.5% or ±0.25% full scale. Stability: ±0.5% FS/year. Pressure Limits: 100 psig (6.89 bar); 15 psid (1.03 bar). Temperature Limits: -20 to 185 F (-28 to 85 C). Compensated Temperature : 0 to 160 F (-18 to 71 C). Thermal Effect: 0.5% Accuracy: ±0.02% FS/ F; 0.25% Accuracy: ±0.01% FS/ F. Power Requirements: 12 to 36 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4-20 ma DC. Zero and Span Adjustments: Potentiometers for zero and span. Response Time: 250 ms. Loop Resistance: DC: max. Current Consumption: 4-20 ma. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal: Two 1/2 female NPT conduit. Process Connections: Two 1/4 female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 2 lb (0.9 kg). Agency Approvals: FM approved intrinsically safe for use in Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II, Div. 1, Groups E, F, G; Class III, Div. 1 when wired with approved intrinsically safe barrier. Entity parameters: Vmax= 36 VDC; Imax= 250 ma; CI=12 nf; LI=0 mh. ACCESSORIES MTL5041, Intrinsically Safe Galvanic Isolator MTL7706, Intrinsically Safe Zener Barrier For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Process Tubing Options: See page 547 (Gage Tubing Accessories) Static Fitting Options: See page 548 (Static Pressure Tips) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

60 Differential Pressure Transmitters Scan here to watch product video 3100 Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Transmitter HART, Push Button Configuration, ability (100:1) 3100D 1/4 NPT PROCESS CONNECTION ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 3-25/64 [86.00] 2-1/8 [54.00] 3-25/64 [86.00] 1-21/32 [42.00] 7-37/64 [192.50] 4-13/32 [112.00] 4X 7/16-20 UNF FOR MOUNTING 3100D 4-13/32 [112.00] 2X DRAIN VALVE The Mercoid 3100 Smart Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push button configuration, and programmable using HART Communication. The 3100 is capable of being configured for differential pressure or level applications with the zero and span buttons. A field calibrator is not required for configuration. The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The 3100 is FM or ATEX approved for use in hazardous (classified) locations. The 100:1 rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit any application. FEATURES Configurable using zero/span buttons (no calibrator required) ability (100:1) High accuracy (±0.075%) Automatic sensor temperature compensation Fail-mode process function Selectable engineering units APPLICATIONS Flow measurement Level monitoring Filter or pump differential pressure Critical process monitoring Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.) Lower Limit Upper Limit 3100D-2-FM to 30 in w.c to 7.5 kpa -30 in w.c kpa 30 in w.c. 7.5 kpa 3100D-3-FM to 150 in w.c to 37.3 kpa -150 in w.c kpa 150 in w.c kpa 3100D-4-FM to 750 in w.c to kpa -750 in w.c kpa 750 in w.c kpa 3100D-5-FM D-6-FM to 100 psi 3 to 300 psi 6.9 to 690 kpa to 2068 kpa -100 psi -300 psi -690 kpa kpa 100 psi 300 psi 690 kpa 2068 kpa 3100D-2-FM-1-1-LCD 0.6 to 30 in w.c to 7.5 kpa -30 in w.c kpa 30 in w.c. 7.5 kpa 3100D-3-FM-1-1-LCD 1.5 to 150 in w.c to 37.3 kpa -150 in w.c kpa 150 in w.c kpa 3100D-4-FM-1-1-LCD 7.5 to 750 in w.c to kpa -750 in w.c kpa 750 in w.c kpa 3100D-5-FM-1-1-LCD 1 to 100 psi 3100D-6-FM-1-1-LCD 3 to 300 psi 6.9 to 690 kpa to 2068 kpa -100 psi -300 psi -690 kpa kpa 100 psi 300 psi 690 kpa 2068 kpa Consult factory for custom calibration. 60 Scan here to watch product video 3100MP PROCESS CONNECTIONS 2-1/8 [54.00] AL LCD SCREEN 7-31/32 [202.50] 1-5/8 [41.30] 4x 7/16-20 UNF FOR MOUNTING 3100MP Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials:316L SS. Accuracy:±0.075% FS (@ 20 C). ability:100:1 turn down. Stability:±0.125% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: Process:-40 to 248 F (-40 to 120 C); Ambient: Without LCD:-40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C); With LCD:-22 to 176 F(-30 to 80 C). Pressure Limits: Max. pressure: :-14.5 to 2000 psi; Burst pressure:10000 psi. Thermal Effect: ±0.125% span/32 C. Power Requirements: 11.9 to 45 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma / HART Communication. Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.) Lower Limit Upper Limit 3100MP-2-FM to 30 in w.c to 7.5 kpa -30 in w.c kpa 30 in w.c. 7.5 kpa 3100MP-3-FM to 150 in w.c to 37.3 kpa -150 in w.c kpa 150 in w.c kpa 3100MP-4-FM to 750 in w.c to kpa -750 in w.c kpa 750 in w.c kpa 3100MP-5-FM MP-6-FM to 100 psi 3 to 300 psi 6.9 to 690 kpa to 2068 kpa -100 psi -300 psi -690 kpa kpa 100 psi 300 psi 690 kpa 2068 kpa 3100MP-2-FM-1-1-LCD 0.6 to 30 in w.c to 7.5 kpa -30 in w.c kpa 30 in w.c. 7.5 kpa 3100MP-3-FM-1-1-LCD 1.5 to 150 in w.c to 37.3 kpa -150 in w.c kpa 150 in w.c kpa 3100MP-4-FM-1-1-LCD 7.5 to 750 in w.c to kpa -750 in w.c kpa 750 in w.c kpa 3100MP-5-FM-1-1-LCD 1 to 100 psi 3100MP-6-FM-1-1-LCD 3 to 300 psi 6.9 to 690 kpa to 2068 kpa -100 psi -300 psi -690 kpa kpa 100 psi 300 psi 690 kpa 2068 kpa Consult factory for custom calibration. LCD Display No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes LCD Display No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Response Time: 0.12 seconds. Damping Time: 0.25 to 60 seconds. Loop Resistance: Operation:0 to 1500 Ω; HART Communication:250 to 500 Ω. Electrical Connection: Two 1/2 female NPTconduit, screw terminal. Process Connection: 1/4female NPT. Display:Optional 5 digit LCD. Enclosure Rating: NEMA4X (IP66) and explosion-proof for Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C and D. Weight: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg). Agency Approvals: CE, FM, ATEX option available (consult factory). HART is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation.

61 OrderingChart Example Approval Process Connection Electrical Connection Diaphragm Seal Type MountingFlange Mounting Flange Rating Extension Length Diaphragm Material Fill Fluid Capillary Length HighSide Capillary Length LowSide Options 3100D 3100D 3100MP 2 FM 3 1 LEC S2 A1 05 S FM ATEX WP LEC LED LEH LEL LFC LFD LFH LFL S2 S3 A1 A2 D1 D2 J1 J S P H T 2 XX 10 LCD XX LCD SSH NIST CC 3100D-2-FM-3-1-LECS2A105S LCD 3100D Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Transmitter 3100MP Multiplanar Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Transmitter 0 to 6 in w.c. 0 to 30 in w.c. 0 to 150 in w.c. 0 to 750 in w.c. 0 to 100 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 1000 psi FM approved ATEXapproved NEMA 4X (IP66) [Only available with 316 SS housing] 1/4 female NPT Diaphragm seal 1/2 female NPT 2 extended diaphragm seals capillary type 1 extended diaphragm seal direct mount high side 1 extended diaphragm seal capillary type high side 1 extended diaphragm seal capillary type low side 2 flush diaphragm seals capillary type 1 flush diaphragm seal direct mount high side 1 flush diaphragm seal capillary type high side 1 flush diaphragm seal capillary type low side 2 (50 mm) 316L SS 3 (80 mm) 316L SS ANSI class 150# ANSI class 300# DIN PN 10/16 DINPN 25/40 JIS 10 K JIS 20 K No extension [standard for flush mount] 2 extension 4 extension 6 extension 316L SS diaphragm PTFE and 316L SS diaphragm Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm Tantallum diaphragm Silicon oil (-40 to 400 F) 0 to 20 feet 0 to 20 feet 5 digit LCD 316 SS housing (Only available with WP approval) NIST calibration Custom calibration Differential Pressure Transmitters Custom Calibration Values Primary Units Upper Limit Lower Limit Output Damping Time Display Mode Display Units Engineering Units* Engr. Upper Limit* Engr. Lower Limit* Engr Function* in H20, ft H20, mm H20, in Hg, psig, g/cm 2, kg/cm 2, MPa, Pa, kpa, bar, mbar, Torr, Atm, mm Hg 20 ma value 4 ma value Linear or square root 0 to 60 seconds Unit, %, ma, rotate Primary unit or Engineering unit Volumetric Flow Units US gal/s, US gpm, US gal/hr, US gpd, imp gal/s, imp gpm, imp gal/hr, imp gpd, l/s, l/min, l/hour, ft/s, m/s, metric gal/day, metric l/day, ft 3 /s, ft 3 /min, ft 3 /h, ft 3 /day, m 3 /s, m 3 /min, m 3 /hr, m 3 /day, normal l/hr, normal m 3 /hr, standard ft 3 /min, barrels/s, barrels/min, barrels/hr, barrels/day Mass Flow Units g/s, g/min, g/hr, kg/s, kg/min, kg/hr, kg/day, metric ton/min, metric ton/hour, metric ton/day, lb/s, lb/min, lb/hr, lb/day, short ton/min, short ton/hr, short ton/day, long ton/hr, long ton/day Volume Units gallons, liters, imp gallons, m 3, barrels, bushels, yd 3, ft 3, in 3, bbl liq, normal cubic meter, normal liter, standard cubic feet, hectoliters Engr. upper value Engr. lower value Linear or square root *Engineering Units, Engr. Upper Limit, Engr. Lower Limit and Engr. Function values are only required if engineering unit is selected. ACCESSORIES A-630, Stainless steel angle type bracket with SSbolts A-631, Stainless steel flat type bracket with SSbolts BBV-1F, Flanged 3-valve block manifold BBV-22F, Flanged 5-valve block manifold DevCom2000, HART Communication Protocol Software CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

62 Differential Pressure Transmitters 636D The 636D Differential Pressure Transmitter can be used for measuring pressures of liquids, gases, and vapors. All available ranges have an excellent 0.5% F.S. accuracy with a 4 to 20 ma output standard or optional 1 to 5 VDC output. The NEMA 4 (IP56) housing is an all 316 welded construction that is designed to withstand the harshest environmental conditions. With all 316L wetted materials this transmitter is compatible with most media. These units are CSA approved explosion-proof for use in the specified hazardous locations and meet NACE standards for off-shore applications ma Out 636D-0 636D-1 636D-2 636D-3 636D-4 636D-5 636D-6 636D-7 636D psid 0-15 psid 0-30 psid 0-60 psid psid psid psid psid psid 1-5 VDC Out 636D-0-LP 636D-1-LP 636D-2-LP 636D-3-LP 636D-4-LP 636D-5-LP 636D-6-LP 636D-7-LP 636D-8-LP Fixed Differential Pressure Transmitter Explosion-proof, 0.5% Accuracy 0-6 psid 0-15 psid 0-30 psid 0-60 psid psid psid psid psid psid For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. #22 AWG SHIELDED CABLE 24 INCHES LONG 4-5/32 [105.4] 1/2-14 NPT FEMALE PROCESS CONNECTION 1-1/8 [28.5] 4-1/8 [104.7] Service: Compatible gases, liquids, or vapors. Wetted Materials: Types 316L SS. Accuracy: BFSL: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Stability: ±1.0 FS/yr. Pressure Limits: 3 x full-scale differential pressure; Burst: 2500 psig. Temperature Limits: Ambient operating: -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C); Process interface: -40 to 212 F (-40 to 100 C); Storage: -40 to 212 F (-40 to 100 C). Compensated Temperature : -20 to 160 F (-29 to 71 C). Thermal Effect: ±2% FS/50 F (reference to 77 F). Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC for 4 to 20 ma outputs; 8 to 14 VDC for 1 to 5 VDC outputs, both with reverse polarity protection. 3/4-14 NPT FEMALE CONDUIT THREAD 1-1/4 HEX 1 HEX TYPICAL Ø1-3/4 [44.45] 1-3/4 [44.45] SS TAG 1-5/16 [33.02] Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma DC or 1 to 5 VDC. Zero and Span Adjustment: Fixed. Response Time: 20 ms. Loop Resistance: VDC for current outputs. For voltage outputs, minimum lead resistance 50k ohms. Current Consumption: 4 to 20 ma for current output models; 3 ma for voltage output models. Electrical Connections: 2 ft, 22 AWG cable; 3/4 female NPT conduit. Process Connections: Two 1/2 female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP56). Mounting Orientation: ±0.05 psi/90 rotation from horizontal. Weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg). Agency Approvals: CSA approved explosion-proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; Class III. 655A 316 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter s Down to 3 in w.c., 6-Point N.I.S.T. Certificate Included 4 WIRE CABLE 1/4 FEMALE NPT 4-3/4 [120.65] A-232 CONNECTOR END OPPOSITE END IS SIX WIRES COLORS: RED, BLACK, GREEN, WHITE, BLUE AND BROWN 1-1/4 [31.75] 2-35/64 [64.77] 2 [50.80] 655A-XX-C MODELS 655A-XX-P MODELS 655A Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for high static/low DP applications designed especially for the End Users and OEM s where extreme overpressure and high performance of 0.25% accuracy and stability are required at ranges down to 3 in w.c. Each unit includes a 6-point NIST certificate of calibration which demonstrates the unit s high level of performance. 655A-00-C 655A-01-C 655A-02-C 655A-03-C 655A-04-C 655A-05-C 655A-06-C 655A-07-C 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 8 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 1 psid 0 to 2 psid 655A-00-P 655A-01-P 655A-02-P 655A-03-P 655A-04-P 655A-05-P 655A-06-P 655A-07-P Note: Change C to P for optional 6 pin male connection. ACCESSORY A-232, Connection with cable (3 ), For 6 pin connection models 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 8 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. 0 to 15 in w.c. 0 to 20 in w.c. 0 to 1 psid 0 to 2 psid Service: Compatible gasses or liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.25% BFSL, RSS (combined effect of non-linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Stability: ±0.25% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: -20 to 200 F (-29 to 93 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 170 F (-17.8 to 76.7 C). Pressure Limits: 1000 psi (68.95 bar) continuous; 3000 psi (206.8 bar) burst. Thermal Effects: ±1.5% FS oven comp. temperature range. Power Requirements: 8 to 38 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Static Pressure Effects: on zero: ±0.25% FSO per 1000 psi; on span: ±0.5% of reading per 1000 psi. Response Time: < 10 ms. Loop Resistance: Electrical Connections: Cable exit with 24 cable; optional 6-pin connector. Process Connections: 1/4 NPT female. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in vertical position: zero shifts up to ±1 in w.c. depending on orientation. Weight: 18 oz (510 g). Agency Approval: CE. 62

63 629 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter 0.5% Accuracy, NEMA 4X (IP66) Enclosure 43/64 [17.07] 1-11/32 [34.13] AL LIQUID TIGHT FITTING CORD DIAMETER RANGE:.200 TO.350 [5.06 TO 8.89] 1/4 NPT 5-25/32 [146.84] 1/4 NPT FEMALE FITTING 6-59/64 [175.82] AL 1/4 NPT MALE FITTING 1-5/8 [41.28] 3-9/32 [83.34] Differential Pressure Transmitters The 629 Differential Pressure Transmitter monitors differential pressure of air and compatible gases and liquids with 0.5% accuracy. The design employs dual pressure sensors converting pressure changes into a standard 4 to 20 ma output signal for two wire circuits. Small internal volume and minimum moving parts result in exceptional response and reliability. Terminal block, zero and span adjustments are easily accessed under the top cover. The 629 Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) construction. APPLICATIONS Monitor differential pressures across: Flow elements Heat exchangers Filters Pumps Coils Chiller Standard CH-P2-E5-S CH-P2-E5-S CH-P2-E5-S CH-P2-E5-S1 (psid) Pressure Limits Working* Pressure (psi) Over Pressure (psi) *Pressures exceeding the working pressure limit may cause a calibration shift of up to ±3% of full scale. 3-Way Valve Manifold Assembly CH-P2-E5-S1-3V CH-P2-E5-S1-3V CH-P2-E5-S1-3V CH-P2-E5-S1-3V (psid) Pressure Limits Working* Pressure (psi) Over Pressure (psi) Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Without valve: 316, 316L SS. Additional wetted parts with 3- way valve option: Buna-N, silicone grease, PTFE, brass 360, copper, reinforced acetal copolymer. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis & repeatability). Temperature Limits: 0 to 200 F (-18 to 93 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 175 F (-18 to 79 C). Pressure Limits: See chart. Thermal Effect: 0.02%/ F (0.036%/ C) includes zero & span. Power Requirements: 13 to 30 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Optional 0 to 5, 0 to 10 VDC. Response Time: 50 ms. Loop Resistance: 0 to 1300 maximum for current output. For voltage outputs, minimum load resistance: Electrical Connections: Terminal block; 1/2 female NPT conduit. Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive. Weight: 10.1 oz (286 g). Agency Approvals: CE. S -LED, 4.5 Digit LED Display -NIST, NIST traceable calibration certificate ACCESSORIES A-131A, 3-way brass manifold valve 641-LED, Field-upgradeable LED A-155, Cable gland with 1/2 NPTmale BBV-1B, Mini SS 3-valve block manifold A-228, 12 SS flex hose 3-way valve assembly with integral bleed screws 629 shown with optional Red LED and cable gland. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

64 Differential Pressure Transmitters 647 [4] 1/4 [6.35] LONG X 7/32 [5.56] WIDE MOUNTING HOLES Monitor differential pressure in air/liquid flow systems, HVAC automation, pneumatic systems and process control with the 647 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter. Units are temperature compensated and provide a 4 to 20 ma output signal which can be interfaced with chart recorders, data loggers and computerized monitoring and control systems to 1 in w.c. 0 to 3 in w.c. 0 to 25 in w.c. 0 to 5 in w.c. 0 to 10 in w.c. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter s from 0 to 1 in w.c., ±1.0% Accuracy, NEMA 4 (IP56) Enclosure, 2-Wire 3-5/16 [84.15] 1-1/16 [26.97] TYP 1-1/8 2-15/16 [28.58] 2-7/8 [74.63] [73.03] 1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION 5 [127.00] 2-1/2 [63.50] 5-9/16 [141.30] 1-17/64 [32.15] 1/8 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION Ø7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT CONNECTION Service: Compatible gases or liquids on both pressure and reference sides. Wetted Materials: Brass, vinyl, glass-filled polyester, silicon, and fluorosilicone. Accuracy: ±1.0% FS. Stability: ±1.5% FS output/year. Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Pressure Limits: s 1 in w.c. to 5 psi: 20 psi, 15 psi range: 45 psi, 30 psi range: 60 psi. Thermal Effects: Zero: ±0.05% FS/ F, Span: ±0.05% rdg/ F. Power Requirements: 18 to 30 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustments: Adjustable, ±10%. Loop Resistance: 18 VDC, 24 VDC, 30 VDC. Electrical Connection: Screw terminals, reverse polarity protected. Process Connections: Two 1/8 female NPT. Housing: Gasketed steel epoxy painted, NEMA 4 (IP56). Weight: 14 oz (397 g). Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter ±0.25% Accuracy, Quick Response, 2-Wire Design 2 5/32 [54.61] MICHIGAN CITY, IN. U.S.A. 1-15/16 [49.35] ø7/8 KNOCKOUT INTENDED FOR A 1/2 I.D. CONDUIT CONNECTION 3-1/16 [77.59] 1-63/64 [50.50] 1-1/2 [38.16] 1-3/32 [27.98] 645 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for use with compatible gases and liquids which can be applied to both the pressure and reference ports. Quick response capacitance sensor delivers a 4 to 20 ma output signal proportional to differential pressure with ±.25% accuracy. The 645 transmitters are ideal for process control, filter condition monitoring, refrigeration equipment, pump speed control, HVAC equipment, and liquid level measurement. For ease of installation and maintenance, order optional 3-valve manifold assembly. Bleed ports allow for total elimination of air in the line and pressure cavities to 1 psid 0 to 2 psid 0 to 5 psid 0 to 10 psid 0 to 25 psid 0 to 50 psid 0 to 100 psid Optional 3-Valve Manifold Assembly For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. 3 1/64 [76.45] HIGH PORT 2-7/16 [62.01] Service: Compatible gases or liquids on both pressure and reference sides. Wetted Materials: 17-4 PH stainless steel, 300 stainless steel, fluoroelastomer and silicone O-rings and bleed screw seals. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (RSS). Temperature Limits: Operating: 0 to 175 F (-22 to 80 C); Storage: -65 to 260 F (-54 to 126 C). Pressure Limits: (High side) 1 to 5 psi: 20 x FS, 10 to 25 psi: 10 x FS, 50 psi: 5 x FS, 100 psi: 2.5 x FS; (low side) 2.5 x FS. Thermal Effects: (includes zero and span) ±0.02% FS/ F, 30 to 150 F (-1 to 65 C). Power Requirements: 11 to 30 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire. 1 [25.44] LOW PORT BLEED SCREWS 1 [25.44] 1/4 NPT BOTH SIDES Zero and Span Adjustments: Adjustable, ±1 ma, non-interactive. Response Time: 30 to 50 ms. Loop Resistance: 0 to Electrical Connection: Barrier strip terminal block with conduit enclosure and.875 (22 mm) diameter conduit opening. Process Connection: 1/4-18 female NPT. Housing: Stainless steel/aluminum, NEMA 4X (IP56). Weight: 14.4 oz (0.4 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. 3-Valve Manifold Assembly Manifold: Brass. Valve Type: 90 on/off. Process Connection: 1/4-18 female NPT. 64

65 MICHIGAN CITY, IN 46360, USA. DWYER INST. INC MICH CITY, IND U.S.A. WWDP The WWDP Wet-to-Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter offers everything in one package by having 30 field selectable variations in just 3 models. The WWDP provides field selectable unidirectional and bidirectional pressure ranges, configurable 0 to 5, 1 to 5, 0 to 10 VDC, and 4 to 20 ma output. It also provides an auto-zero capability. The field selectable port swap feature eliminates costly replumbing if the unit is improperly installed or if the transmitter is simply replaced. An optional LCD display is available for on-sight indication of line and differential pressure. The all cast aluminum housing is rated NEMA 4 (IP56). These features make the WWDP transmitter an ideal instrument for measuring the flow of various liquids and gases, pressure drop across filters, measurement of liquid level or pressurized vessels, and for use in energy management and process control systems. Description WWDP-1 Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 psid WWDP-2 Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 psid WWDP-3 Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 psid Description WWDP-1-LCD Selectable 5, 10, 25, 50 psid WWDP-2-LCD Selectable 10, 20, 50,100 psid WWDP-3-LCD Selectable 25, 50,125, 250 psid 631B Differential Pressure Transmitter Selectable s of Uni-Directional or Bi-Directional, Selectable Outputs 1-9/16 [39.69] Max. Working Pressure 50 psi 100 psi 250 psi 1/2 CONDUIT OPENING Max. Working Pressure 50 psi 100 psi 250 psi For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT /64 [131.37] 1/8 NPT 61/64 [24.21] R7/64 [R2.78] 11/32 [8.73] 6 [152.4] 5-9/16 [141.29] Service: Gases or liquids compatible with 17-4 PH stainless steel. Accuracy: All pressure ranges have ±1% full-scale accuracy except the lowest selectable range of each unit is ±2% full-scale. Stability: ±0.5% per year. Temperature Limits: Compensated temperature range: 32 to 130 F (0 to 54 C); Operating temperature range: -4 to 185 F (-20 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: Max working pressure: WWDP-1: 50 psi; WWDP-2: 100 psi; WWDP-3: 250 psi; Proof pressure: 2.2X of full-scale; Burst pressure: 40X of full-scale. Thermal Effect: 2% FS/100 F (50 C) includes zero and span. Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC/18 to 28 VAC (reverse excitation protected). Note: 4-20 ma output cannot be powered with AC voltage. Output Signal: Selectable 0 to 5, 0 to 10 and 1 to 5 VDC; 4 to 20 ma. 2 [50.8] 1-15/64 [31.35] 1-43/64 [42.47] Capsuhelic Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter s Down to 0.5 in w.c. with 500 psi Static Pressure Rating 3/4 [19.05] 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] 2 [50.5] 4-39/64 [117.08] /64 [101.6] [122.63] Zero & Span: Digital rež zero button (should be used when changing ranges). Span can be adjusted by changing between field selectable ranges. Response Time: 1 to 5 sec (selectable). Loop Resistance: Current Consumption: VDC power: 0 to 5, 1 to 5 VDC output 4 ma (typ); 0 to 10 VDC output 5 ma (typ); 4 to 20 ma output 20 ma max. Current consumption will equal the transmitter output in current mode. VAC power: 0 to 5, 1 to 5, 0 to 10 VDC output 40 ma (typ). Electrical Connections: 1/2 conduit. Process Connections: 1/8 female NPT internal. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP56). Mounting Orientation: Vertical; mount the pressure ports down (keeps debris from building up inside the pressure port). Weight: 1.5 lb (680.4 g). Agency Approvals: CE. 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION [AIR OR GAS] Differential Pressure Transmitters 4-45/64 [119.46] 13/32 [10.32] TYP 3-13/32 3/16 [86.52] [4.76] The 631B Differential Pressure Transmitter monitors differential pressure of air and compatible gases and liquids with accuracy. The design employs converting pressure changes into a standard 4 to 20 ma output signal for two wire circuits. Digital push-button, zero and span adjustments are easily accessed on the front cover. The 631B Differential Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) construction. Robust housing offers 500 psi static pressure rating on ranges down to 0.5 in w.c. 631B-0 631B-1 631B-2 631B-3 631B in w.c. 0-1 in w.c. 0-2 in w.c. 0-5 in w.c in w.c. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 631B-2-NIST ACCESSORY A-164, 16.4 (5 m) cable with M-12 4-pin female connector 5 [127.00] [4] #6-32 X 3/8 (9.53) DP HOLE ON A 4-11/32 [110.33] BOLT CIRCLE 1/4 FEMALE NPT HIGH CONNECTION [LIQUID] 1/4 FEMALE NPT LOW CONNECTION [LIQUID] Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass, silicone, 300 SS. Accuracy: Transmitter output:±2% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability). Gage:±3% of full-scale at 70 F (21.1 C). Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limits: -20 Hg to 500 psig ( bar to 34.4 bar). Thermal Effect: 0.025%/ F (0.045%/ C) includes zero & span. Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC. 35 TYP Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Response Time: 50 msec. Loop Resistance: 0 to 1250 max. Electrical Connections: M-12 circular 4 pin connector. Process Connections: 1/4 female NPT high and low pressure taps, duplicated - one pair top for air and gas, and one pair bottom for liquids. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position. Consult factory for other position orientations. Weight: 8 lb, 4 oz (3.74 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

66 UGI Utility Gage 1.5 Dials with Back Connection; Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales 1/8 NPT Ø1-21/32 [Ø42.00] Ø1-39/64 [Ø41.00] Single Pressure Gages, Dial The UGI Utility Gages possess dual psi and bar (x100 kpa) scales with ±2.5% accuracy. The UGI gages are designed with black steel housings. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor bronze tube. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum to 300 psi. The center back mounting and compact size makes this gage the perfect choice for pneumatic air regulators. UGI-B10141N UGI-B10341N UGI-B10441N UGI-B10541N UGI-B10641N UGI-B10741N UGI-B11041N 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 63/64 [25.00] Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connector, phosphor bronze tube. Housing: Black painted steel. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±2.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 1.5 (40 mm). Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT center back. Weight: 2.1 oz (59 g). 5/8 [16.00] UGJ Utility Gage 2 Dials with Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales Ø2-3/64 [Ø52.00] Ø2-1/64 [Ø51.00] 1-23/32 [43.50] The UGJ Utility Gages possess dual psi and bar (x100 kpa) scales with 2.5% accuracy. The 2 UGJ gages are designed with black steel housings. Wetted parts include a brass socket and phosphor bronze tube. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum to 300 psi. UGJ-C10121N UGJ-C10321N UGJ-C10421N UGJ-C10521N UGJ-C10621N UGJ-C10721N UGJ-C11021N UGJ Bottom 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi Note: For back connect gages, change ending 21N to 41N. UGJ Back 1/8 NPT 1-1/8 [28.50] Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connection, phosphor bronze tube. Housing: Black painted steel. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±2.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 2 (50 mm). Process Connection: 1/8 NPT. Weight: 3.8 oz (108 g). 25/64 [10.00] 66

67 UGK 2.5 Utility Pressure Gage 1.5% FS Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts, Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales 1/4 NPT UGKBottom UGKBack The UGK Gages have dual psi and bar (x100 kpa) scales with ±1.5% accuracy. The UGK gages are designed with brass and phosphor bronze wetted parts, and can withstand ambient temperatures up to 140 F (60 C). A wide variety of ranges are available in this economical gage in either bottom or back connection configurations. UGK-D10122N UGK-D10322N UGK-D10422N UGK-D10522N UGK-D10622N UGK-D10722N UGK-D11022N 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi Note: For back connect gages change ending 22N to 42N SG1 2-1/64 [51.00] 2-1/2 2-7/16 [63.50] [62.00] Ø2-1/2 [Ø63.50] 1-5/32 [29.50] 1/4 NPT 13/32 [10.50] Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connector, phosphor bronze tube. Housing: Black painted steel. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±1.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS value. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 2.5 (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 5.1 oz (145 g) bottom, 5.5 oz (155 g) back. 1-5/32 [29.50] 1.5 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage 2.5% FS Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts, Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales Ø2-15/32 [Ø62.50] 13/16 [20.50] Single Pressure Gages, Dial RELIEF VENT RELIEF VENT 1/8 NPT SG1 Bottom SG1 Back 1-7/16 [36.60] 1-27/32 [47.00] 1-1/32 [26.00] 1-39/64 [41.00] 1/8 NPT 23/64 [9.00] 1-27/32 [47.00] 53/64 [21.00] 1-1/32 [26.00] 1-39/64 [41.00] 41/64 [16.10] The SG1 Gages are perfect for applications where resistance to corrosion is necessary. The stainless steel case and ring offer excellent protection from harsh processes. The SG1 gages are an economical choice where ambient corrosion and vibration are a concern. Gages are suitable for all fluids that are compatible with brass and bronze, and are available with bottom or back connections. SG1-B10121N SG1-B10321N SG1-B10421N SG1-B10521N SG1-B10621N SG1-B10721N SG1-B11021N 0 to 30 Hg 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi Note: Change ending 21N to 41N for back connection Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connector, bronze tube. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±2.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FSrange. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 1.5 (40 mm). Process Connections: 1/8 NPT. Weight: 2.2 oz (63 g) bottom, 2.3 oz (65 g) back. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. ACCESSORY A-445B, U-Bracket Mounting Kit for 1.5 Gage CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

68 SG3 1.5 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage 2.5% FS Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts, Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales RELIEF VENT RELIEF VENT 1/8 NPT 1-27/32 [47.00] 1-39/64 [41.00] 1-27/32 [47.00] 1-39/64 [41.00] Single Pressure Gages, Dial The SG3 Gages have dual psi and bar (x100 kpa) scales with ±2.5% full-scale accuracy. The SG3 gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316 SS wetted parts for excellent chemical compatibility. These gages cover a wide variety of ranges from full vacuum to 300 psi. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 140 F (60 C). Bottom or back 1/8 NPT connection options available. SG3-B10121N SG3-B10321N SG3-B10421N SG3-B10521N SG3 Bottom 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi SG3 Back SG3-B10621N SG3-B10721N SG3-B11021N 1-7/16 [36.60] 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 1-1/32 [26.00] 1/8 NPT 23/64 [9.00] Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: 316 L SS tube, 316 SS connector. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: 2.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 1.5 (40 mm). Process Connections: 1/8 male NPT. Weight: 2.4 oz (70 g) bottom, 2.5 oz (72 g) back. 53/64 [21.00] 1-1/32 [26.00] 41/64 [16.10] Note: Change ending 21N to 41N for back connection For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. ACCESSORY A-445B, U-Bracket Mounting Kit for 1.5 Gage SGY 2.5 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage 1.5% FS Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts, Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales 1/4 NPT SGY Bottom SGYBack with Accessory Pointers 2-1/16 [52.50] 2-41/64 [67.00] 2-7/16 [62.00] 1/4 NPT 25/64 [10.00] 1-5/32 [29.50] 31/32 [24.50] 2-41/64 [67.00] 1-13/64 [30.50] 2-7/16 [62.00] 63/64 [25.00] The SGY Gages have dual psi and bar (x100 kpa) scales with ±1.5% full-scale accuracy. The SGY gages are designed with 304 SS housings and brass wetted parts for excellent chemical compatibility. These gages cover a wide variety of ranges from full vacuum to 1,000 psi and are available in both bottom or back connections. SGY gages employ an easy-open breather plug on top, which allows liquid filled units to breathe, relieving any built up internal pressures. Plug easily pops open and does not need to be entirely removed or cut like a typical gages rubber plug grommet. APPLICATIONS Vacuums in pneumatic conveying lines Positive pressure in compressed air headers SGY-D10122N SGY-D10322N SGY-D10422N SGY-D10522N SGY-D10622N 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 160 psi SGY-D10722N SGY-D11022N SGY-D11122N SGY-D11222N Note: To order with glycerin fill add - GF to the end of the model For back connect, change ending from 22N to 42N 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi 0 to 1000 psi Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connection, bronze tube. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±1.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 2.5 (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 4.9 oz (139 g) bottom, 5.8 oz (164 g) back. Add 2.8 oz (78 g) for fill. ACCESSORIES A-445D, U-Bracket Mounting Kit for 2.5 Gage A-499R, Red Sliding Color Pointer A-499Y, Yellow Sliding Color Pointer A-499G, Green Sliding Color Pointer For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG

69 SGZ 2.5 Stainless Steel Industrial Pressure Gage 1.5% FS Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts, Dual PSI/Bar x100 kpa Scales 1/4 NPT The SGZ Gages have dual psi and bar (x100 kpa) scales with ±1.5% full-scale accuracy. The SGZ gages are designed with 304 SS housings and 316 SS wetted parts for excellent chemical compatibility. These gages cover a wide variety of ranges in either bottom or back connection configurations. SGZ gages employ an easy-open breather plug on top, which allows liquid filled units to breathe, relieving any built up internal pressures. Plug easily pops open and does not need to be entirely removed or cut like a typical gages rubber plug grommet. SGZ-D10122N SGZ-D10322N SGZ-D10422N SGZ-D10522N SGZ Bottom 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 psi 0 to 60 psi 0 to 100 psi SGZ Back with Accessory Pointers SGZ-D10622N SGZ-D10722N SGZ-D11022N SGZ-D11122N SGZ-D11222N Note: To order with glycerin fill add - GF to the end of the model For back connect, change ending from 22N to 42N SG5 0 to 160 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi 0 to 1000 psi For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. 2-1/16 [52.50] 2-41/64 [67.00] Contractor Gage Large, Easy-to-Read Dial, Internal Surge Suppressor 2-7/16 [62.00] 1/4 NPT 25/64 [10.00] 1-5/32 [29.50] 2-41/64 [67.00] 31/32 [24.50] 1-13/64 [30.50] 2-7/16 [62.00] 63/64 [25.00] Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: 316 L SS Tube, 316 SS connector. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±1.5% FS. Pressure Limit: FS range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 2.5 (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 4.9 oz (141 g) bottom, 5.8 oz (164 g) back. Add 3.7 oz (104 g) for glycerin fill. ACCESSORY A-445D, U-Bracket Mounting Kit for 2.5 Gage A-499R, Red Sliding Color Pointer A-499Y, Yellow Sliding Color Pointer A-499G, Green Sliding Color Pointer Single Pressure Gages, Dial 15/32 [12.00] 49/64 [19.50] 1/4 MALE NPT ADJUSTMENT SCREW 3-13/32 [86.50] Ø4-59/64 [125.00] Ø4-55/64 [123.50] 1-15/64 [31.50] The SG5 Contractor Gages are ideally manufactured for contractors because of their large dial and compact design. Since the gages are lightweight and slim, they are easy to transport. The large 4.5 scale makes them simple to read. The SG5 gages possess psi scales with 1% full-scale accuracy. The gages are made with a stainless steel housing and brass wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). These qualities make the SG5 series perfect for contractors and industrial applications. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum to 300 psi. SG5-G0122N SG5-G0322N SG5-G0422N SG5-G0522N SG5-G0622N SG5-G0722N SG5-G0822N s 30 Hg to 0 0 to 30 PSI 0 to 60 PSI 0 to 100 PSI 0 to 160 PSI 0 to 200 PSI 0 to 300 PSI : Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connection, bronze tube. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Plastic. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Pressure Limits: Full scale range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 4.5 (115 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 10.4 oz (295 g). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

70 SGP 4 Stainless Steel Low Pressure Schaeffer Gage 1.6% Full-Scale Accuracy, 316 & 316L SS Wetted Parts 4-23/64 [102.79] 31/64 [12.30] 1-57/64 [48.02] Single Pressure Gages, Dial 6-15/64 [158.35] 21/32 [16.67] 1/2 NPT 3-15/16 [100.01] 23/32 [18.26] 51/64 [20.24] 1-25/64 [35.32] The SGP Gages have dual English/metric scales with ±1.6% full-scale accuracy. The SGP gages are designed with 304 stainless steel housings, a 316L SS chamber and a 316 SS diaphragm for excellent chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149 F (65 C) and process temperatures up to 248 F (120 C). s of vacuum, compound and pressures to 235 in w.c. are available. Included is a micrometer adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field. SGP-F8024N SGP-F8124N SGP-F8224N SGP-F8324N SGP-F8424N SGP-F8524N SGP-F8624N 0-10 in w.c. (0-250 mm) 0-15 in w.c. (0-400 mm) 0-25 in w.c. (0-600 mm) 0-40 in w.c. ( mm) 0-60 in w.c. ( mm) 0-80 in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) SGO Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS chamber with 316 SS diaphragm. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: ±1.6% full-scale. Pressure Limit: 130% full-scale. Temperature Limit: Ambient: -13 to 149 F (-25 to 65 C); Process: 248 F (120 C). Size: 4 (100 mm). Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54). Weight: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. 4 Stainless Steel Schaeffer Gage 1.6% Full Scale Accuracy, 316L SS & PTFE Wetted Parts 1-57/64 [48.02] 31/64 [12.30] Ø3-15/16 21/32 [Ø100.01] [16.67] 23/32 [18.26] The SGO Gages have dual English/metric scales with ±1.6% full-scale accuracy. The SGO gages are designed with 304 SS housing, a 316L SS chamber and PTFE coated diaphragm for excellent chemical compatibility. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149 F (65 C) and process temperatures up to 248 F (120 C). s are available from full vacuum, compound to 300 psi. Included is a micrometer adjustable pointer which allows for re-zeroing the gage in the field. SGO-F0124N SGO-F0224N SGO-F0324N SGO-F0424N SGO-F0524N SGO-F0624N SGO-F0724N 30 Hg-0 ( kpa) 0-15 psi (0-100 kpa) 0-30 psi (0-200 kpa) 0-60 psi (0-400 kpa) psi (0-700 kpa) psi ( kpa) psi ( kpa) 1/2 NPT Ø3-55/64 [Ø98.03] 23/32 [18.26] 1-3/8 [34.93] Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS chamber with PTFE protected steel diaphragm. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: ±1.6% full-scale. Pressure Limit: 130% full-scale. Temperature Limits: Ambient: -13 to 149 F (-25 to 65 C); Process: 248 F (120 C). Size: 4 (100 mm). Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54). Weight: 3.0 lb (1.34 kg). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG

71 LPG5 2.5 Low Pressure Gage 3-2-3% Full Scale Accuracy in a 2.5 Gage 2-19/32 [66.04] 55/64 [22.00] 35/64 [13.97] 2-19/32 [66.04] 1-49/64 [44.96] The LPG5 Low Pressure Gages offer top of the line performance for pressure applications from 10 in. w.c. to 10 psi. The LPG5 gages possess dual scales with 3-2-3% fullscale accuracy on a 2.5 dial. Units are made with a chrome plated steel housing and brass wetted parts. Units can withstand temperatures of -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). This series is meant for the measurement of low pressures of gases and liquids and is ideal for air flow indication, liquid level and draft measurement. LPG5 gages are available with either a bottom or back connection option. LPG5-D8022N LPG5-D8122N LPG5-D8222N LPG5-D8422N LPG5-D8622N LPG5-D8822N LPG5-D9922N LPG5-D0022N in w.c./kpa 0 to 10 (0 to 2.5 kpa) 0 to 15 (0 to 3.75 kpa) 0 to 35 (0 to 8.75 kpa) 0 to 60 (0 to 15 kpa) 0 to 100 (0 to 25 kpa) 0 to 200 (0 to 50 kpa) psi/kpa 0 to 5 (0 to 35 kpa) 0 to 10 (0 to 70 kpa) Note: Change ending 22N to 42N for back connection option. LPG4 MALE NPT CONNECTION [BRASS] 2.5 Low Pressure Gage 1.5% Full-Scale Accuracy in a 2.5 Gage MALE NPT CONNECTION [BRASS] 29/32 [23.00] : Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connection, bronze tube. Housing: Chrome plated steel. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ± 3-2-3% FS. Pressure Limits: Full scale range. Temperature Limits: -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Size: 2.5 (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). 35/64 [13.97] MALE NPT CONNECTION [BRASS] For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG [38] Single Pressure Gages, Dial ø2.625 [67.7] Our LPG4 gages offer top of the line performance and accuracy for pressure and vacuum applications up to and including 160 in w.c. The LPG4 is constructed from a single beryllium-copper diaphragm affixed to a precision-machined brass plate. This innovative design, together with a high-precision, milled-teeth brass movement and nickel-silver pinion and bearing surface, provide the user with a top of the line low pressure instrument. LPG4-D7122N LPG4-D7222N LPG4-D7322N LPG4-D7422N LPG4-D7522N LPG4-D7622N LPG4-D7722N LPG4-D7822N LPG4-D7922N LPG4-D8022N LPG4-D8122N LPG4-D8222N -10 to 0 in w.c. (-2.5 to 0 kpa) -15 to 0 in w.c. (-4 to 0 kpa) -25 to 0 in w.c. (-6 to 0 kpa) -40 to 0 in w.c. (-10 to 0 kpa) -60 to 0 in w.c. (-15 to 0 kpa) -80 to 0 in w.c. (-20 to 0 kpa) -100 to 0 in w.c. (-25 to 0 kpa) -160 to 0 in w.c. (-40 to 0 kpa) -235 to 0 in w.c. (-60 to 0 kpa) 0 to 10 in w.c. (0 to 2.5 kpa) 0 to 15 in w.c. (0 to 3.75 kpa) 0 to 25 in w.c. (0 to 6 kpa) LPG4-D8322N LPG4-D8422N LPG4-D8522N LPG4-D8622N LPG4-D8722N LPG4-D8922N LPG4-D9022N LPG4-D9122N LPG4-D9222N LPG4-D9322N LPG4-D9422N LPG4-D9522N Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass and beryllium copper. Housing: Drawn steel, black finish. Lens: Polycarbonate (removable). Accuracy: ±1.5% full-scale. 0 to 40 in w.c. (0 to 10 kpa) 0 to 60 in w.c. (0 to 15 kpa) 0 to 80 in w.c. (0 to 20 kpa) 0 to 100 in w.c. (0 to 25 kpa) 0 to 160 in w.c. (0 to 40 kpa) -4 to 0 to 6 in w.c. (-1 to 0 to 1.5 kpa) -6 to 0 to 10 in w.c. (-1.5 to 0 to 2.5 kpa) -8 to 0 to 16 in w.c. (-2 to 0 to 4 kpa) -16 to 0 to 24 in w.c. (-4 to 0 to 6 kpa) -24 to 0 to 40 in w.c. (-6 to 0 to 10 kpa) -30 to 0 to 50 in w.c. (-7.5 to 0 to 12.5 kpa) -40 to 0 to 60 in w.c. (-10 to 0 to 15.0 kpa).550 SQUARE [14.0] [1/4-18NPT] BOTTOM CONNECTED.850 [21.6] Pressure Limit: 100% of range scale. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 160 F (-40 to 70 C); Ambient: -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C). Size: 2.5 (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54). Weight: 7.3 oz (0.21 kg). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

72 SGX & SGF 2.5 Stainless Steel Low Pressure Gages Brass or 316 SS Wetted Parts Ø2-45/64 [Ø68.66] 13/32 [10.32] 1-45/64 [43.26] Ø2-27/64 [Ø61.52] Single Pressure Gages, Dial SGX SGF The SGX/SGF Gages have dual English/metric scales with ±1.6% full-scale accuracy. The SGX/SGF gages are designed with 304 SS housing and brass or 316 SS wetted parts. Units can withstand ambient temperatures up to 149 F (65 C) and process temperatures up to 212 F (100 C). s of vacuum, compound and pressures to 235 in w.c. are available. Included on the dial is a convenient zero adjustment screw which allows the user to easily re-zero the needle. APPLICATIONS Pneumatic Draft measurement Filter monitoring Liquid level Brass Gages SGX-D7122N SGX-D7322N SGX-D7522N SGX-D7722N SGX-D8022N SGX-D8122N SGX-D8222N SGX-D8322N SGX-D8422N SGX-D8722N SGX-D8922N SGX-D9122N SGX-D9722N in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) 0-10 in w.c. (0-250 mm) 0-15 in w.c. (0-400 mm) 0-25 in w.c. (0-600 mm) 0-40 in w.c. ( mm) 0-60 in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) TRI2 316SS Gages SGF-D7122N SGF-D7322N SGF-D7522N SGF-D7722N SGF-D8022N SGF-D8122N SGF-D8222N SGF-D8322N SGF-D8422N SGF-D8622N SGF-D8722N Tridicator Gage Combination Pressure/Temperature Gage Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: SGX: Brass; SGF: 316/316L SS. Housing: 304 SS. Lens: Glass. Accuracy: ±1.6% full-scale on positive pressure ranges 15 in w.c. and greater; ±2.5% full scale on all other ranges. Pressure Limit: Full-scale value in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) 0-10 in w.c. (0-250 mm) 0-15 in w.c. (0-400 mm) 0-25 in w.c. (0-600 mm) 0-40 in w.c. ( mm) 0-60 in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) in w.c. ( mm) 1/4 NPT 13/32 [10.32] Temperature Limits: Ambient: -13 to 149 F (-25 to 65 C); Process: 212 F max. (100 C max.). Size: 2.5 (63 mm). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 3 (IP54). Weight: 4.6 oz (0.13 kg). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. The TRI2 combines the value of an individual pressure gage and thermometer in one instrument. These tridicators simplify installation which reduces time and saves money. The moveable dial with blue pressure markings and red temperature markings make the instrument easy to read. Pressure is indicated in both psi and kpa, while temperature is measured in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. TRI2 comes in three different connection options including lower mount, center back mount, and center back mount with extension shank. TRI E 0 to 60 psi (0 to 400 kpa) TRI E 0 to 100 psi (0 to 700 kpa) TRI E 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1400 kpa) TRI to 60 psi (0 to 400 kpa) TRI to 100 psi (0 to 700 kpa) TRI to 200 psi (0 to 1400 kpa) TRI L 0 to 60 psi (0 to 400 kpa) TRI L 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1400 kpa) A C Male NPT Connection 1/4 back mount with ext. shank 1/4 back mount with ext. shank 1/4 back mount with ext. shank 1/2 back mount 1/2 back mount 1/2 back mount 1/2 bottom mount 1/2 bottom mount Ø3.300 Ø A C B Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Brass connection and phosphor bronze Bourdon tube. Housing: Drawn steel, black finish. Accuracy: Pressure ±3-2-3%; Temperature ±1 scale division. Temperature : All models: 80 to 290 F (30 to 140 C). TRI E TRI E TRI E TRI TRI TRI TRI L TRI L A 4-1/2 [114.3] 5-15/64 [132.95] 6-43/64 [169.47] B C 1-21/64 1 [33.74] [25.4] 3 [76.2] 2-13/16 [71.44] 2-39/64 [66.78] 2-3/8 [60.33] Temperature Limits: Ambient: -40 to 250 F (-40 to 120 C); Process: 80 to 290 F (30 to 140 C). Pressure Limits: FS range. Size: 3 (76 mm). Process Connections: 1/2 male NPT back or bottom, 1/4 male NPT back connection. Weight: oz (350 g) center back mount and lower mount; oz (400 g) center back mount with extension shank. S For NISTtraceable pressure calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG1. For NISTtraceable temperature calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-TG. 72

73 7000 GRADE 2AACCURACY Spirahelic Direct Drive Pressure Gage Panel Mount, 4-1/2 & 8-1/2 Dials, ASME Grades 2A & 3A [3] Ø 7/32 [5.56] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 5-3/8 [136.53] BOLT CIRCLE 23/64 [9.13] 2-5/32 [54.76] 7112 (4-1/2 Dial) [3] Ø9/32 [7.14] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 9-5/8 [244.48] BOLT CIRCLE Ø5-7/8 [149.23] /32 [32.54] 23/64 [9.13] 1-13/32 [35.71] 2-5/32 [54.76] 2-1/32 [51.59] Ø4-4/64 [117.87] 1/4 FEMALE NPT CONNECTION TYP 2 PLACES 1 [25.40] SQUARE CONNECTION BLOCK 1-13/32 [35.71] Ø8-29/32 2-1/32 [226.22] [51.59] Single Pressure Gages, Dial 7312 (8-1/2 Dial) 4-1/2 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of FS) (psig) 7112-G G G G G G GC /2 Dial, Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of FS) (psig) 7312-G G G G G For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 7112-G060-NIST. Ø10-3/16 [258.76] 1-9/32 [32.54] 1/4 FEMALE NPT CONNECTION TYP 2 PLACES 1 [25.40] SQUARE CONNECTION BLOCK Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Inconel X-750 alloy Bourdon tube, type 316L SS connection block. Housing: Black polycarbonate case and clear acrylic cover. Accuracy: Grade 2A (0.5% FS). Pressure Limit: 150% of full-scale. Gage will maintain its specifications for overpressures up to 150% max. range. Normal operation should be between 25% and 75% of full-scale. Temperature Limits: -65 to 180 F (-53.9 to 82.2 C). Sizes: 4-1/2 dial face (114.3 mm), 8-1/2 dial face (215.9 mm), design conforms to ASME B40.1. Process Connections: Two 1/4 female NPT field-selectable back or bottom connection. Weight: 4-1/2 dial face: 16.3 oz (462.1 g); 8-1/2 dial face: 27.3 oz (773.9 g). Standard Accessory: One 1/4 male NPT stainless steel plug. Precision design ensures maintenance-free performance. Solid front case combined with rear blowout plug provides highest level of operator safety. Design of small diameter tubing wound in spiral/helical coil acts like a liquid filled gage without the fill. ACCESSORIES A-341, Brass adapter, 1/4 male NPT to G 1/2 A (per ISO 228/1) parallel thread 2-1/2 length Note: Additional ranges and accuracy requirements are available. Please consult the factory for details. Direct drive movement -no cams, gears, or linkages. Provides longer operating life than standard "C" Bourdon gages. Precision balanced pointer with reduced friction produces higher responsiveness than standard gage. Center post bearing carrier supports pointer shaft and coil. Rear blowout hole covered with label. This safety enhancement directs an overpressure surge or spike away from operators. High impact plastic case and lens allows gages to last through the most demanding applications. Case and shock protection ribs help prevent damage to Bourdon tube in the event of severe shock. Filter plug protects Bourdon tube from particulate damage and reduces pressure surges. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

74 7000B Spirahelic Direct Drive Pressure Gage 4-1/2 Turret Mount Gage, ASME Grades A & 2A 120 [3] Ø7/32 [5.57] MOUNTING HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A 3-3/8 [85.73] BOLT CIRCLE Single Pressure Gages, Dial 7000B Spirahelic Direct Drive Pressure Gages with turret mount housings feature a triple coil spiral/helical wound Bourdon tube to provide dependable service. Bourdon tube design eliminates gears, springs, linkages and complex movements which can wear and cause inaccuracy or early failure. 7000B gages come standard with a dual-size 1/2 male NPT and 1/4 female NPT process connection. Grade A Accuracy (2%-1%-2%) s (psig) 7100B-G B-G B-G B-G B-G Grade 2A Accuracy (1/2% of F.S.) s (psig) 7112B-G B-G B-G B-G B-G B-G B-GC B-GC B-GC B-GC Process Gage with Dampened Movement ±0.5% Accuracy, Safety Blow-Out Back 35/64 [13.97] Ø5-7/8 [149.23] Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Grade A accuracy: Inconel X-750 alloy Bourdon tube, nickel plated brass connection block. Grade 2A accuracy: Inconel X-750 alloy Bourdon tube, type 316L SS connection block. Housing: Black polycarbonate case and clear acrylic cover. Accuracy: Grade A (2%-1%-2%); Grade 2A (0.5% FS). 3-13/32 [86.36] FILL PLUG Ø5-53/64 [Ø148.21] 3-7/64 [78.98] DUAL CONNECTION 1/2 MALE NPT 1/4 FEMALE NPT Pressure Limit: 150% of full-scale. Gage will maintain its specifications for overpressures up to 150% maximum range. Normal operation should be between 25% and 75% of full-scale. Temperature Limits: -65 to 180 F ( to 82.2 C). Size: 4-1/2 (114.3 mm) dial face Design conforms to ASME B40.1. Process Connections: Dual size 1/2 male NPT X 1/4 female NPT, bottom connections. Weight: 18.2 oz (516 g). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 7100B-G060-NIST. Inconel is a registered trademark of Huntington Alloys Corporation 3X Ø15/64 [Ø6.10] ON A 5-25/64 [136.92] BOLT CIRCLE RoHS The 765 Process Gage with Dampened Movement minimizes effects of vibration without liquid filling. With this dampened movement the 765 gages are ideal for use in any application where high pulsation or vibration exists. The 765 gages offer dual scale range (psi/kpa) with ±0.5% full-scale accuracy. They are designed with a Phenolic safety-case and have a solid front with a blow-out back. Excellent chemical compatibility is insured with the 316L SS socket and Bourdon tube. A wide offering of ranges are available from full vacuum to 20,000 psi. The 765 process gage comes standard with bottom 1/4 or 1/2 male NPT connections. Process Connection Additional Options N 4N -FMR -SG45 For additional ranges contact factory. 4.5 Process Gage 30 Hg-0 vac (0 to -100 kpa) 0 to 30 psi (0 to 200 kpa) 0 to 60 psi (0 to 400 kpa) 0 to 100 psi (0 to 700 kpa) 0 to 160 psi (0 to 1100 kpa) 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1400 kpa) 0 to 300 psi (0 to 2000 kpa) 0 to 400 psi (0 to 2800 kpa) 0 to 500 psi (0 to 3400 kpa) 0 to 600 psi (0 to 4000 kpa) 0 to 1000 psi (0 to 7000 kpa) 1/4 male NPT 1/2 male NPT Flush mounted ring Safety glass lens 1-45/64 [43.17] 5-3/32 [129.54] 2-21/32 [67.31] 4-3/32 [104.14] MAX. 316 L SST 1/4 OR 1/2 NPT SURGE SUPPRESSOR Service: Compatible gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: 316L SS socket and Bourdon tube. Housing: Phenolic plastic with safety blow-out back. Lens: Polycarbonate. Accuracy: ±0.5% ANSI/ASME Grade 2A. Pressure Limit: 125% FS < 1500 psi, 115% FS for 2000 to 5000 psi, 110% FS > 10,000 psi. Temperature Limits: -40 to 200 F (-40 to 93 C). Size: 4-1/2 (114.3 mm) dial face. Process Connections: 1/4 or 1/2 NPT male. Enclosure Rating: IP65 (NEMA 4). Weight: 37 oz (1040 g). Agency Approval: RoHS. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG

75 BDG Brass Digital Pressure Gage ±0.5% FS Accuracy, Brass Wetted Parts Ø2-43/64 [Ø67.87] 1-3/8 [34.75] The BDG-01 Brass Digital Pressure Gage measures gas pressure with ± 0.5% of full-scale accuracy at an affordable price. With brass wetted material, the series BDG is designed for your specific applications of compatible gasses. Its design allows for easy installation. User-selectable units of measure let one gage be used for various pressure scales. FEATURES Brass wetted materials Backlit display User selectable units Simple operation 3-39/64 [91.49] 15/32 [11.91] Service: Compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Brass and silicone sensor. Housing Materials: ABS plastic. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS. Long Term Stability: ±0.05% FS per year. Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range; Burst pressure: 3X pressure range. Enclosure Rating: IP10. 7/8 [22.15] Temperature Limits: 14 to 140 F (-10 to 60 C). Thermal Effect: ±0.04% FS per C. Size: 2.5 O.D. Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT. Display: 4-digit LCD (1-1/4 x 5/8). Power Requirements: 3 V CR123A lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 2 to 3 years typ. Weight: 0.29 lb (0.13 kg). Single Pressure Gages, Digital Pressure s, psig Bar mpa BDG-01 0 to kg/cm WDG Weatherproof Digital Pressure Gage ±0.5% FS Accuracy, Weatherproof, Economic Plastic Housing Ø3-9/64 [Ø79.87] For NIST traceable pressure calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG2. 17/32 [13.50] 1-21/32 [42.10] Ø2-45/64 [Ø68.83] 3-23/32 [94.48] The WDG Weatherproof Digital Pressure Gage measures gas and liquid pressure with high accuracy at an affordable price. It s rugged weatherproof design stands up to outdoor and industrial environments. The 4-digit backlit display with four selectable units makes readings easily visible to prevent reading errors. The WDG comes with 304L stainless steel wetted material for a wide range of compatible liquids and gases. FEATURES Rugged weatherproof enclosure Backlit display User selectable units Simple operation WDG-01 WDG-02 WDG-03 WDG-04 WDG-05 WDG-06 Pressure s, psig Bar 0 to to to to to to mpa kg/cm /8 [22.15] 5/16 [8.00] Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 304L SS. Housing Materials: Fiberglass reinforced PP plastic. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS for ranges up to 1000 psig (68.94 bar); ±1% FS for 5000 psig ( bar) range. Long Term Stability: ±0.05% FS/year. Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range; Burst pressure: 3X pressure range. Enclosure Rating: IP65. Temperature Limits: 14 to 140 F (-10 to 60 C). Thermal Effect: 0.04% FS/ C. Size: 2.5 OD. Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Display: 4-digit LCD (1-1/4 x 5/8). Power Requirements: 3 V Lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 2 to 3 years typ. Weight: 0.34 lb (0.15 kg). For NIST traceable pressure calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG2. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

76 DPGA & DPGW 1% Digital Pressure Gage Economic Gage With Selectable Engineering Units 3-11/16 [93.66] Single Pressure Gages, Digital DPGA DPGW ø2-43/64 [67.87] 1-1/2 [38.10] 1/4 NPT The DPGA is the only economic digital pressure gage with selectable engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital push-button zero, the DPGA is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the pressures of air and compatible gases. The DPGW is the only economic digital pressure gage for liquids with the ability to select engineering units on the market. With its 1% accuracy and digital push-button zero, the DPGW is the perfect choice for digitally monitoring the pressures of compatible liquids and gases. ACCESSORY A-293, Protective Rubber Boot Service: DPGA:Air and compatible gases; DPGW: Liquids and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: DPGA:316L SS, silicone sensor; DPGW: 316LSS. Housing Materials: ABS plastic. Accuracy: ±1.0% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30 psig. Temperature Limits: 30 to 120 F (-1 to 49 C). Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/ F. Size: 2.62 OD x 1.52 deep. Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Display: 4-digit LCD (.425 H x.234 W digits). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable. Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut-off. Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: DPGA-04-NIST. DPGA-00 DPGA-04 DPGA-05 DPGA-06 DPGA-07 DPGA-08 DPGA-09 DPGA-10 DPGA-11 DPGW-00 DPGW-04 DPGW-05 DPGW-06 DPGW-07 DPGW-08 DPGW-09 DPGW-10 DPGW Hg to 0 (psi) 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi 30 Hg to 0 (psi) 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi Pressure s psig kg/cm bar Pressure s psig kg/cm bar in Hg in Hg Compound range available: DPGW-12: 30 Hg psi. ft w.c ft w.c kpa kpa oz/in in w.c oz/in 2 in w.c mbar mbar cm w.c cm w.c mm Hg mm Hg Resolution psi Resolution psi

77 DPGAB & DPGWB 0.5% Digital Pressure Gage Selectable Engineering Units, Rubber Boot DPGAB DPGWB ON OFF UNITS 3-3/32 [78.58] ZERO 3-59/64 [99.62] 1-25/32 [45.24] 1/4 NPT Single Pressure Gages, Digital The DPGWB/DPGAB digital pressure gages offer 0.5% full-scale-accuracy in a rugged, easy-to-use unit at prices comparable to mechanical gauges. The DPGWB stainless steel wetted material makes it suitable for a wide variety of liquid or gases. The gages feature user-selectable units of measure allowing one gage to be used for a variety of pressure scales. The DPGWB/DPGAB come with a protective rubber boot to protect against short drops and rough handling. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: DPGAB-04-NIST. Service: DPGAB:Air and compatible gases; DPGWB: Liquids and compatible gases. Wetted Materials: DPGAB: 316L SS, silicone sensor; DPGWB: Type 316LSS. Housing Materials: ABS plastic. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limits: 2X pressure range. Vacuum range max. pressure is 30 psig. Temperature Limits: 30 to 120 F (-1 to 49 C). Thermal Effect: 0.05% FS/ F. Size: 2.62 OD x 1.52 deep. Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Display: 4-digit LCD (.425 H x.234 W digits). Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable. Auto Shut-off: 20 minute auto shut-off. Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g). DPGAB-00 DPGAB-04 DPGAB-05 DPGAB-06 DPGAB-07 DPGAB-08 DPGAB-09 DPGAB-10 DPGAB-11 DPGWB-00 DPGWB-04 DPGWB-05 DPGWB-06 DPGWB-07 DPGWB-08 DPGWB-09 DPGWB-10 DPGWB Hg to 0 (psi) 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi 30 Hg to 0 (psi) 0 to 5 psi 0 to 15 psi 0 to 30 psi 0 to 50 psi 0 to 100 psi 0 to 200 psi 0 to 300 psi 0 to 500 psi Pressure s psig kg/cm bar Pressure s psig kg/cm bar in Hg in Hg Compound range available: DPGWB-12: 30 Hg psi ft w.c ft w.c kpa kpa oz/in oz/in in w.c in w.c mbar mbar cm w.c cm w.c mm Hg mm Hg Resolution psi Resolution psi CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

78 DPG Digital Pressure Gage ±0.25% or ±0.5% F.S. Accuracy, NEMA 4X (IP66) Aluminum Housing 3 [76.20] 1-5/8 [40.39] Single Pressure Gages, Digital DPG-000 DPG /8 [91.39] 1/4 NPT Replace your outdated analog gages with the new DPG Digital Pressure Gage. The DPG has a high ±0.25% or ±0.5% full-scale accuracy. The 4 digit digital display will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating parallax error commonly produced with analog gages. DPG is battery powered and has an auto-shut off to conserve battery life. Battery life, on average, will last 2000 hours. A 4 button key pad allows easy access to features without the need to work through complex menus or difficult key combinations. These features include backlight, peak and valley, tare or auto zero and conversion of the pressure units. ACCESSORIES A-183, Protective Rubber Boot A-184, Carrying Case Service: Compatible liquids and combustible gases (for FM listing see Agency Approvals below). Wetted Materials: Type 316LSS. Housing Materials: Polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum extruded housing with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna- N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction. Accuracy: DPG-000: ±0.5% full-scale; DPG-100: 0.25% full-scale; ±1 least significant 70 F (21 C) (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4/4X (IP66). Temperature Limits: 0 to 130 F (-18 to 55 C). Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 130 F is 0.016%/F; Between 32 to 70 F is 0.026%/F; Between 10 to 32 F is 0.09%/F. Size: 3.00 OD x 1.90 deep (max). Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g). Display: 4 digit (.425 H x.234 W digits). Power Requirements: (2) AAA alkaline batteries, included, user replaceable. Battery Life: 2000 hours typical; Low battery indicator. Auto Shut-Off: Gage: 60 minute auto shut off. Auto shut-off may be disengaged; Backlight: 2 minute auto shut-off. Agency Approvals: DPG-000:CE; DPG-100: CE, FM approved to be intrinsically safe for Class I, Division I, Groups A, B, C and D, for ranges 0-15 to psi. Protective Carrying Case DPG-100 with Protective Rubber Boot For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: DPG-002-NIST. ±0.5% DPG-000* DPG-002* DPG-003* DPG-004* DPG-005* DPG-006* DPG-007* DPG-008* DPG-009* DPG-010* DPG-011* DPG-020* DPG-021* DPG-022* DPG-023* DPG-024* ±0.25% DPG-102 DPG-103 DPG-104 DPG-105 DPG-106 DPG-107 DPG-108 DPG-109 DPG-110 DPG-111* * is not FMapproved. psi to to to to to to Pressure s kg/cm 2 bar to to to to to to to to to to in Hg to to to to to ft wc to to to to to kpa to to to to to oz/in to to to to to 1600 in w.c to to to to to 2768 mbar to to to to to 6895 cm wc to to to to to 7031 mm Hg to to to to to

79 DIGITAL GAGE POWER: DC9V (6LR61 ALKALINE BATTERY) DCGII Digital Calibration Pressure Gage ±0.05% FS Accuracy, 316 SS Wetted Parts Ø3-5/8 [92.20] DCGII-105 Scan here to watch product video Ø4-3/8 [111.51] 2-5/8 [66.97] PEAK (0 to XX PSIG) UNITS ZERO 1/2 NPT Single Pressure Gages, Digital The DCGII Digital Calibration Pressure Gage offers a complete pressure gage with calibration capabilities. With a precise 0.05% full scale accuracy and large 5 digit resolution, this gage can be used in critical industrial applications where precision is most important. This versatile gage only requires one 9V battery or power adapter and can operate up to 5,000 working hours. The DCGII 0.05% Digital Pressure Gage can display percent of range, pressure swings or alarm set points. This pressure gage comes complete with eleven selectable pressure units, backlight and zeroing capability. FEATURES Indicator can display percent of range, pressure swings or alarm set points Minimum and maximum peak detection Selectable 10, 20, or 30 second backlight Temperature indication Eleven selectable pressure units Stainless steel 1/2 male NPT connection APPLICATIONS Field gage calibration, permanent installation, burst disc testing, torque data logging, pressure regulator testing and hydrostatic leak testing. Service: Compatible, non-combustible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 316 SS. Other Materials: Housing: Aluminum alloy; Display: Acrylic MR200; Buttons: Silicon gel; Back plate: 304 SS; Back seal: Oil-proof latex. Accuracy: 0.05% FS; ±1 least significant digit. Temperature Accuracy: ±1 C. Pressure Limits: 120% FS. Temperature Limits: 14 to 122 F (-10 to 50 C). Compensated Limits: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT. Display: 5-digit LCD with blue backlight. Power Requirements: 9 V alkaline battery, included, user replaceable, or power adapter accessory. Battery Life: Up to 10,000 hours (600 working default 3 times/s). Auto Shut-off: Backlight: On/off, 10 s, 20 s, 30 s. Weight: 1.28 lb (0.58 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. DCGII-100 DCGII-101 DCGII-102 DCGII-103 DCGII-104 DCGII-105 DCGII-106 DCGII-107 DCGII-108 DCGII-109 (psig) to 0 0 to 15 0 to 30 0 to 60 0 to to to to to to 2000 kpa MPa kgf/cm in H 2 O in Hg mm Hg psi mbar bar ACCESSORIES A-644, 9V DC power adapter BBV-0N, 2-valve block manifold PCHP-1❶, Pneumatic calibration pump For NISTtraceable pressure calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PG2. ❶See page 456 ( PCHP) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

80 HTG Handheld Digital Tire Pressure Gage ±1 psi Accuracy, Handheld Design Single Pressure Gages, Digital HTG /64 [44.97] 4-21/64 [110.07] 31/32 [24.52] The HTG-01 Handheld Digital Tire Gage reads tire pressure quickly and accurately to help improve fuel economy and increase tire life. Its lightweight, handheld design makes it portable and user friendly with its one button operation. A backlit 1/4 LCD display and illuminated tip ensures easy visibility in low light. The HTG also displays three different units of psi, bar and kpa with the push of a button. FEATURES Rubberized grip Rugged design One button operation Reads pressure in psi, bar and kpa HTG-01 Pressure s, psig 2 to 100 Bar 0.15 to 6.9 kpa 15 to 690 Service: Compatible gases. Wetted Materials: ABSplastic; Rubber o-ring; Silicon. Housing Material: ABSplastic. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Pressure : 2 to 100 psi (0.15 to 6.90 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP10. Temperature Limits: 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C). Process Connection: Tire valve stem or equivalent. Display: 3-1/2 digit, 1/4 backlit LCD. Shutoff: 90 seconds. Power Requirements: (4) 1.5 V LR44 alkaline batteries, installed functional, nonreplaceable. Battery Life: 2000 hours. Weight: 0.10 lb (0.05 kg). DTG Digital Tire Pressure Gage ±1 psi Accuracy, Durable Ø2-19/64 [58.42] 3-47/64 [95.05] 1-21/64 [33.69] The DTG-01 Digital Tire Gage reads tire pressure quickly and accurately to help improve fuel economy and increase tire life. With ±1% FS accuracy, the DTG reads psi, bar and kpa with the ease of one-button operation. A protective rubber casing stands up against rough handling and short drops. Pressures, psig Bar DTG-01 0 to kpa 690 Service: Compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Nickel plated brass; Rubber o-ring; Silicon. Housing Material: ABSplastic; Silicon rubber boot. Accuracy: ±1% FS. Pressure : 2 to 100 psi (0.15 to 6.90 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP10. Temperature Limits: 0 to 100 F (-17.8 to 37.8 C). Process Connection: Tire valve stem or equivalent. Display: 3-1/2 digit, 1/4 LCD. Shutoff: 90 seconds. Power Requirements: (1) 3 V CR2032 Lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 2000 hours. Weight: 0.25 lb (0.11 kg). 80

81 2 OPEN TYPE PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT MDPC-XXX DSGT Digital Indicating Transmitter ±0.25% Full-Scale Accuracy Ø5-3/8 B.C. [Ø136.4] Ø5-13/16 [Ø147.6] 3-5/16 [83.8] The DSGT Digital Indicating Transmitter is a versatile multi-function process gage that features an excellent 0.25% full-scale accuracy. This all-in-one digital gage package is designed to reduce installation costs, instrument cost, and save space where an application requires a gage, transmitter, and switches. The DSGT gage comes standard with a loop-powered 4 to 20 ma transmitter. The DSGT gage is enclosed in a durable fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case that is designed to meet NEMA 4 (IP56) requirements. The gage features a menu-driven display for easy customization. User selectable features include 12 engineering units of measure, password protected calibration and disable functions, as well as an adjustable bar graph and update/dampening rates. * DSGT-101-C0S DSGT-102-C0S DSGT-104-C0S DSGT-105-C0S DSGT-106-C0S DSGT-107-C0S DSGT-108-C0S (psig) 30 Hg Hg * DSGT-109-C0S DSGT-110-C0S DSGT-112-C0S DSGT-116-C0S DSGT-117-C0S DSGT-118-C0S MDPC (psig) [3] Ø1/4 [Ø6.3] 5/8 [15.8] ACROSS FLATS 1/2 NPT Mini Digital Pressure Controller Small, Lightweight, 6 Selectable Pressure Units /32 [99] GAGE Service: Compatible, non-combustible liquids & gases. Wetted Materials: 17 to 4 stainless steel sensor, 316 SS socket. Housing Materials: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case. Accuracy: 0.25% full-scale (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limit: 2 x full-scale range. Process Connection: 1/2 male NPT. Display: 5 digit (0.88 high). Ø5-3/16 [Ø131.8] 1-1/2 [38.1] 2-19/32 [66] TRANSMITTER Power Requirements: VDC (loop powered). Memory Back Up Supply: (2) C alkaline batteries, installed functional, user replaceable. Output Signal: 4-20 ma. Response Time: 100 ms. Temperature Limits: 14 to 140ºF (-10 to 60ºC). Thermal Effects: 0.04% full-scale/ F. Electrical Connections: 3 ft flying leads. Loop Resistance: DC; max. Set Point Adjustments: Adjustable through menu selections. Weight: 1.45 lb (.66 kg). Agency Approvals: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT /32 [35.6] Single Pressure Gages/Switches/ Transmitters, Digital MDPC 1-3/16 [30.00] MDPC-XXX TO XXX PSI * 1.BROWN:12 to 24V 2.BLACK:OUT1 3.WHITE:OUT2 4.ORANG:ANALOG 5.BLUE:0V 1-3/16 [30.00] 1-1/64 [26.00] 1-45/64 [43.30] The MDPC is a slim, gas pressure sensor that is small in size and light in weight. This pressure controller supports many installation methods and features high measurement accuracy. This small controller yields excellent stability, high shock and vibration resistance. The MDPC also provides good over-load capacity and heat resistance. It can be utilized in many industries such as: high-tech electronics, general processing, food packaging and automatic assembly. The MDPC features 6 user selectable pressure units and a large, LED 3-color display with selectable color options that allow for easy reading. Changing units is simple, and by using the included unit stickers, the pressure unit displayed becomes very clear. The fast parameter copy function makes copying parameters to other MDPC pressure controllers effortless. The key lock mode also prevents any unnecessary changes to the parameters, which can have an effect on the operation. Another characteristic of this multi-talented pressure controller is its ability to detect both positive and negative pressure. The MDPC is available in NPN, PNP, analog voltage or current output control modes. MDPC-112 MDPC-122 MDPC-132 MDPC-142 MDPC-212 MDPC-222 MDPC-232 MDPC-242 psi (kpa) to 14.5 (-100 to 100) to 14.5 (-100 to 100) to 14.5 (-100 to 100) to 14.5 (-100 to 100) to 145 (-100 to 1000) to 145 (-100 to 1000) to 145 (-100 to 1000) to 145 (-100 to 1000) SwitchOutput NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP Retransmission 4 to 20 ma 1 to 5 V 4 to 20 ma 1 to 5 V 4 to 20 ma 1 to 5 V 4 to 20 ma 1 to 5 V For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Service: Non-corrosive gas. Wetted Materials: Brass with nickel plating. Housing Materials: Polycarbonate, polybutylene terephthalate. Accuracy: ±3% of full range. Pressure Limits: MDPC-1: 29 psi (200 kpa); MDPC-2: psi (1500 kpa). Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C); Storage: -4 to 149 F (-20 to 65 C); Ambient: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Display: 2-line LCD display, 4 digits for measured value and 3.5 digits for setup display. Power Requirements: 12 to 24 VDC ±10% no isolations. Power Consumption: 40 ma max.; Current output type 60 ma max. MDPC, Mini Digital Pressure Controller ACCESSORIES A-152, Bracket installation kit A-153, Panel installation kit Process Connections: 1/8 NPT, inner connection M5, for 1/8 PT contact factory. Weight: 1.3 oz (36.85 g). Agency Approvals: CE: MDPC-121, MDPC-122, UL. SWITCH Switch Type: NPN or PNP. Electrical Rating: VDC. Response Time: Programmable to 2ms, 4ms, 10ms, 30ms, 50ms, 100ms, 250ms, 500ms, 1000ms or 5000ms. Display Cycle: Programmable to 100ms, 250ms, 500ms or 1000ms. TRANSMITTER Output Signal: 1 to 5 V: Minimum output load resistance 1000 Ω; 4 to 20 ma: Maximum output load resistance 400 Ω. Zero and Span Adjustments: Menu scalable within the range. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

82 DPG-200 Digital Pressure Gage 3-in-1: Gage, Transmitter & Switch 3 [76.20] 2-3/8 [60.45] 1-5/8 [40.39] Single Pressure Gages/Switches/ Transmitters, Digital The DPG-200 Digital Pressure Gage has a precise ±0.25% full scale accuracy. The 4 digit digital display will reduce the potential for errors in readings by eliminating parallax error commonly produced with analog gages. The DPG-200 is packaged in a durable extruded aluminum case designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). The unit is powered by 12 to 24 VDC/VAC and contains two alarm set points along with a 4-20 ma process output. A four-button keypad allows easy access to features. These features include backlight, peak and valley, auto zero and conversion of the pressure units. APPLICATIONS Process control Compressor control 1/4 NPT 3-5/8 [91.39] DIGITAL GAGE Service: Liquids and non-combustible compatible gases. Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS. Enclosure: Black polycarbonate front & back cover, anodized aluminum extruded enclosure with recessed grooves, polycarbonate overlay, Buna-N O-rings, 316L SS sensor construction. Accuracy: 0.25% FS ±1 least significant digit (includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability). Pressure Limit: 2x pressure range for models 1000 psi; 5000 psi for 3000 psi range; 7500 psi for 5000 psi range. Temperature Limits: 0 to 158 F (0 to 70 C). Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT. Display: 4 digit (.425 H x.234 W digits). Size: 3.00 OD x 1.90 deep (not including cables). Weight: 8.84 oz (275 g). SWITCH Switch Type: 2 SPDT form C contacts. Electrical Rating: 125 VAC resistive, 24 VDC. Relay Differential: 1 least significant digit. Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable. Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Set Point Adjustment: Via menu. TRANSMITTER Temperature Limits: 0 to 158 F (0 to 70 C). Thermal Effect: Between 70 to 158 F = 0.016%/ F. Between 0 to 70 F = 0.026%/ F. Power Requirements: 12 to 24 VAC ±20% 50 to 400 HZ, 12 to 24 VDC ±20%. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Loop Resistance: 600 max. Power Consumption: 0.8 W max. Electrical Connections: 3 ft (.91 m) cable. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). DPG-200 DPG-202 DPG-203 DPG-204 DPG-205 DPG-206 DPG-207 DPG-208 DPG-209 DPG-210 DPG-211 psig Pressure s kg/cm 2 bar in Hg ft w.c ft sw* kpa Compound ranges available: DPG-220 range:30 Hg-0-15 psi. *feet of 4 C oz/in in w.c mbar cm w.c mm Hg

83 EDA Electronic Pressure Controller 2 Switches, Indicating Gauge, and Transmitter in One Package Scan here to watch product video 1/4 MALE NPT WITH 3/4 [19.05] WRENCHING HEX EDA Electronic Pressure Control is an extremely versatile compact package that can replace a separate gauge, two switches, and a transmitter in a system saving money, installation time, and panel space. The EDA incorporates two SPDT relays that have the on and off points fully adjustable over the range for control or alarm use. Front face has LED indicators for switch status and a large backlight two-line display showing process value and indication units. Programming is easy with simple menu structure, twoline display, and external programming buttons. Weatherproof housing is ideal for a wide variety of applications with panel mount, flush mount, or pipe mount ability. Features include zero set, adjustable dampening, menu lock out, peak and valley indication, removable terminal blocks, adjustable time delay, and scalable transmitter output. FEATURES Display Units: psi, kg/cm 2, bar, in Hg, ft w.c., kpa, MPa, %FS, in w.c., mbar, cm w.c., mm Hg, or oz/in 2 (Choices depend on range). Test Mode: Simulates input over the range without pressuring to easily test switches and transmitter output function. Failsafe: For sensor failure, over pressure, high temperature limit, low temperature limit, or keypad short. User chooses if relay is de-energized, energized, or no action. With transmitter option, user chooses an output of 3.6 ma, 22 ma, or no action. Alternation: Selectable alternation of set points between the relays for even wear on duplex pump applications. 5 [127.00] 5 [127.00] 27/32 [21.42] 9/32 [7.14] 1-59/64 [48.82] 4-17/32 [115.15] 3X 1/8 [3.18] 1/2 FEMALE NPT 2X 5/16 [7.93] CONDUIT ENTRY 1-5/8 [41.45] 3-15/32 [88.16] 3-1/16 [77.86] 1 [25.42] Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Housing: Glass filled plastic. Accuracy: ±1% of FS including linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability (indicator and transmitter). Stability: < ± 2% of FS per year. Pressure Limits: 1.5 x range. Temperature Limits: Ambient: 20 to 140 F (-6.6 to 60 C); Process: 0 to 176 F (-18 to 80 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Thermal Effect: ±0.05% of FS/ F. Display: 4-digit backlit LCD (digits: 0.60H x 0.33 W). Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC/AC. Power Consumption: 2.5 watts. Electrical Connections: Removable terminal blocks with two 1/2 female NPT conduit connections. Enclosure Rating: Meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Warm Up Time: <10 seconds. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Weight: 1.18 lb (535 g). Agency Approvals:CE, UL. Single Pressure Gages/Switches/ Transmitters, Digital Example Housing Process Connection Electrical Connection Transmitter Output Options EDA EDA W -N1 E T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 -AT -NIST EDAW-N1E1-02T0-AT Electronic Pressure Controller Weatherproof 1/4 NPT male bottom Two 1/2 female NPT conduit connections 0 20 psi 0 60 psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi None 4 to 20 ma 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 1 to 6 VDC 0 to 10 VDC Aluminum Adhesive Tag NIST Certificate Oxygen Cleaning SWITCH Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays. Electrical Rating: 5 120/240VAC, 1 30 VDC. Repeatability: ±1% of FS (switching only). Set Points: Adjustable 0-100% of FS. Switch Indication: External LED for each relay on the front panel. Switch Reset: Manual or automatic. TRANSMITTER Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma, 1 to 6 VDC, 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC (direct or reverse output selection). Minimum Excitation: 14 VDC. Zero and Span Adjustments: Menu scalable within the range. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

84 DPT Digital Pressure Transmitter with Switches Two Solid State Switches, LED Display 1-1/2 [38.00] Single Pressure Gages/Switches/ Transmitters, Digital Scan here to watch product video 1-5/32 [29.50] 1-33/64 [38.60] 3-23/64 [85.40] The DPT Digital Pressure Transmitter with Switches combines a large, 14- segment LED display with two programmable solid state switches into one compact unit. A unique, 3-way rotating design allows the DPT to meet specific installation requirements without any retrofitting. The display and electrical connection can be rotated independently to maximize visibility while still orienting the electrical connection in the best position for the cable connector. Large, ergonomically designed push buttons allow for quick/easy programming and thin-film piezoresistive sensor technology guarantees long-term reliability and stability. FEATURES Dual PNP solid state switches 14-segment red LED display User-friendly, intuitive 3-key operation Rotating design: o 330 display rotation o 180 display electronic rotation APPLICATIONS Calibration Hydraulics and pneumatics Machine tools Compressors and pumps Machine building ACCESSORY A-195, 6 (2 m) shielded cable with 5 pin female M-12 connections For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Service: Compatible gases, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: Pressure connection: 316 L SS; Pressure sensor: 316 L SS (13-8 PH for ranges above 150 psi). Housing: 316 L lower body, heat and chemical resistant fiberglass reinforced plastic (PBT) plastic head, TPE-E keyboard, PC display window. Accuracy: 1.0% F.S. (includes non-linearity, hysteresis, zero point). Pressure Limit: See table. Temperature Limits: 32 to 176 F (0 to 80 C). Process Connections: 1/4 male NPT. Display: Red LED 4-digit (0.35 H digits). Weight: 7 oz (0.2 kg). SWITCH Switch Type: PNP. Electrical Rating: 250 ma. Electrical Connections: M 12x1, 5-pin. Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. TRANSMITTER Temperature Limits: 32 to 176 F (0 to 80 C). Thermal Effect: 0.2% FS / 10k. Power Requirements: 15 to 35 VDC. Output Signal: DPT-A: 4 to 20 ma; DPT-V: 0 to 10 VDC. Loop Resistance: DPT-A: 0.5k; DPT-V: > 10k. Power Consumption: 100 ma. Electrical Connections: M 12x1, 5-pin. Enclosure Rating: IP67. Agency Approvals: CE. 0 to 10 VDC DPT-V00 DPT-V01 DPT-V02 DPT-V03 DPT-V04 DPT-V05 DPT-V06 DPT-V07 DPT-V08 DPT-V09 DPT-V10 4 to 20 ma DPT-A00 DPT-A01 DPT-A02 DPT-A03 DPT-A04 DPT-A05 DPT-A06 DPT-A07 DPT-A08 DPT-A09 DPT-A10 *feet of 4 C (psig) to 0 0 to 15 0 to 25 0 to 30 0 to 50 0 to to to to to to 1000 Maximum Pressure (psig) Burst Pressure (psig) Pressure s bar MPa kpa kg/cm

85 SA1100 Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches Visible Setpoint, Adjustable Deadband, Hermetically Sealed Snap Switch, Weatherproof and Explosion-proof Scan here to watch product video SWITCH COVER 7-7/16 [188.25] 4-5/8 [116.89] 3-31/32 [100.62] 3-3/8 [84.91] 3-9/16 [91.19] 4 [102.04] COVER SET SCREW 3/4 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION 3/16 [4.8] DIA. BRACKET MOUNTING HOLES 5-25/32 [147.07] 1-13/16 [45.88] ADJUSTMENT COVER PROCESS CONNECTION 2-1/4 [57.17] 3-3/8 [84.58] AL BREATHER DRAIN Single Pressure Switches The SA1100 Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches are weatherproof and explosion-proof in one economical enclosure. Extremely rugged construction assures excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and industrial plants. New design also provides burst pressure protection to 3000 psi (206 bar). The rolling diaphragm design maintains a constant effective area to minimize friction. This results in a minimum deadband as low as 5% of full-scale. Since many applications require higher deadbands, the SA1100 includes a separate adjustment of this when necessary. A pump being used to control liquid level in a tank would be a typical situation where this feature would be important. Both setpoint and deadband adjustments are protected, yet clearly visible behind a clear polycarbonate window and are fully isolated from the electrical components for additional safety. A 7/16 open-end wrench is the only tool required to change settings. Terminal blocks are provided for switch wiring connections and both internal and external ground screws are included. Standard housing is weatherproof to NEMA standards 1 through 4X and 13; explosionproof to NEMA 7, Class I, Groups B, C & D; NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F & G. Optional construction adds drain to meet NEMA 3R IP54. APPLICATIONS Chemical, petroleum, food and drug processing industries Used indoor, outdoor or in explosion-proof area Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. *Temperature Limits: -30 to 180 F (-35 to 82 C) standard; ATEX compliant at Ambient Temperature: -4 to 167 F (-20 to 75 C); Process Temperature: -4 to 167 F (-20 to 75 C). Pressure Limit: 1200 psig (82.6 bar). *Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof and Explosion-proof. Listed with UL and CSA for Class I, Groups B, C and D; Class II Groups E, F, and G. ATEX Compliant 0344 II 2 G EEx d IIC T6 Process Temperature 75 C. Weatherproof UL Rated Type 4. Meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPDT or DPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: See model chart. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT. Process Connection: 1/2 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Within 20 of vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Internal 7/16 hex nuts. Weight: 3.5 lb (1.6 kg). Deadband: See deadband chart. *Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, CSA, UL. SA1111E-A4-K2 SA1111E-S5-K2 Switch Deadband Chart Adjustable Operating Number psig bar Approximate Minimum Deadband Low psig bar High psig bar Approximate Maximum Deadband psig bar SA1100 Example Construction Adjustable Pressure s Circuit (Switch) Options Pressure Chamber Material (Wetted) Diaphragm Material (Wetted) Circuit (Switch) Type Process Connection *Options SA11 13 E SA11 *Options that do not have ATEX E A 4 K 2 HS HG A S 4 5 K L 2 AT DRAIN SA1113E-A4-K2 Pressure Control; weatherproof, NEMA 4X,explosion proof NEMA 7&9; aluminum pressure chamber, Buna-N diaphragm and O-ring; 1/2 inch female NPT process connection; adjustable deadband, automatic reset; SPDT snap acting switch; adjustable range psig. Designator, weatherproof NEMA 4X, explosion-proof NEMA 7, 9. Adjustable range psig ( bar) Adjustable range psig ( bar) Adjustable range psig ( bar) Snap action switch rated 125/250/480 VAC, 1/8 125 VAC, 1/4 250 VAC, 1/2 125 VDC resistive, 1/4 250 VDC resistive. Hermetically sealed snap action switch rated 125/250 VAC, 5A 30 VDC* Hermetically sealed snap action switch with gold contacts rated 125 VAC, 1A 30 VDC* Aluminum 316 SS Buna-N diaphragm and O-ring Fluorocarbon diaphragm and O-ring SPDT DPDT (not available with HS or HG switch options) 1/2 inch female NPT ATEX certified construction Housing with drain - allows condensate to be drained from inside enclosure (meets NEMA 3R instead of 4X) CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

86 Single Pressure Switches DA/DS Scan here to watch product video 3-7/8 [98.43] 1-3/4 [44.45] 10 [253.92] 3/4 CONDUIT TH'D 8 [203.20] 3-1/2 [88.90] MERCOID CONTROL 3-1/2 [88.90] "L" 1/2 NPT 7-3/4 [196.9] Customers tell us that this is the best pressure switch made. The Mercoid D is one of the world s broadest lines of pressure switches. The D has extremely high sensitivity and great repeatability. The DA s are equipped with two external adjustments, one for setting high pressure operating point, the other for setting low pressure operating point. Deadband, the difference between high and low setpoints, is adjustable over the full-scale. The DS s are equipped with a single external adjustment for setting operating point only. For mercury-free switches, choose between the snap action switch or hermetically sealed snap action switch. Hermetically sealed mercury switch also available. FEATURES Visible calibrated dial On/off indication (except hermetically sealed snap switch models) Adjustable or fixed deadband SPDT snap-action, hermetically sealed snap action or hermetically sealed mercury switch External switch setpoint adjustments Minimum deadband is obtainable at any point in the range Pressure ranges of full vacuum to 8000 psig UL listed, CSA approved, many models FM approved General purpose, weatherproof or explosion-proof enclosures Bourdon Tube Pressure Switches Pressure s to 8000 psi (551.6 bar) DAH 1/4 NPT [2] STD. Ø13/32 MOUNTING HOLES "U" Ø6-1/64 [152.8] 3/4 PIPE THD. CONDUIT HOLE CONTROL ADJUSTMENTS 2-1/4 [57.15] 7/8 [22.23] 5-3/8 [134.97] 2-3/4 [69.08] 1-1/4 [30.40] 1-5/8 [41.28] ADJUSTMENT SCREWS REAR MOUNTING FLANGE [3].203 [5.16] DIA HOLES AT 120 ON 6-1/2 [165.1] DIA. BOLT CIRCLE 5/8 [15.82] 1/4 NPT ADJUSTMENTS GASKETED COVER 1/2 CONDUIT HOLE 5/8 [15.88] DAW GASKET 3-5/8 [92.27] 1 [26.39] 2-7/8 [71.63] 7 [177.80] 1-5/8 [41.91] 8 [201.79] 1/2 CONDUIT HUB Wetted Materials: Brass, 403 SS, or 316 SS. Temperature Limit: 180 F (82 C). Pressure Limit: Maximum pressure of the operating range. Enclosure Rating: General purpose, weatherproof or explosion-proof. Repeatability: ±1% of full operating range, ±1.5% on DS-7300 models. Switch Type: SPST mercury switch, SPDT mercury switch, SPDT snap switch, or SPDT hermetically sealed snap switch. Other circuit types available. Electrical Rating: See model charts. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: General purpose: 1/2 hole for conduit hub; Weatherproof: 1/2 conduit hub; Explosion-proof: 3/4 female NPT. Process Connection: General purpose and weatherproof: 1/4 male NPT, 1/2 male NPT on ranges 15S and 16S; Explosion-proof: 1/2 male NPT and 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Thumbscrew. Weight: General purpose: 4 lb (1.8 kg); Weatherproof: 6 lb (2.7 kg); Explosion-proof: 8 lb (3.5 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, FM, UL (mercury switch units are not CE approved) (Consult factory for FM approved models). S Weatherproof Enclosure, DAW Add WŽ to model number after DA or DS and change 1 to 3. Example: DAW Explosion-Proof Enclosure, DAH Suitable for Class I, Groups C and D; NEMA 7; Class II, Groups E, F, G; Class III NEMA 9 and 9A, Division 1. Add HŽ to model number after DA or DS. Example: DAH FM Approved: For general purpose and explosion-proof models see agency approvals. Add FŽ to model number after DA, DS, DAH or DSH. Examples: DAF or DAHF Other Options (Consult Factory): DPDT switches or other switch types, fixed deadband mercury switch units for low deadband applications, manual reset operation, two-stage operation, acetal bushed movement for applications with high amounts of vibration and/or pulsation, fungus proofing, siphon, diaphragm seals, mounting flange and remote connection. 86

87 D Pressure Switch with Snap Action Switch and General Purpose Enclosure Bourdon Tube Material Brass Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Operating (psig) 0-30 Hg VAC 10 Hg VAC Hg VAC /8 15 1/ Hg VAC Hg VAC Hg VAC Adjustable Deadband 120/240 VAC Minimum Deadband (psig) 13.5 Hg DA DA DA DA DA A DA DA DA DA DA DA DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA AS DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E Fixed Deadband SPDT: 120/240 AC Fixed 3 Hg DS DS DS DS DS A DS DS DS DS DS DS DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS AS DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E Hermetically Sealed, Fixed Deadband SPDT: 120/240 VAC, 5A 30 VDC Fixed 5 Hg DS DS DS DS DS A DS DS DS DS DS DS DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS AS DS S DS S DS S DS S DS S DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E DS E Single Pressure Switches D Pressure Switch with Mercury Switch and General Purpose Enclosure Adjustable Deadband Bourdon Tube Material Brass 403 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Adjustable Operating (psig) 30 0 Hg VAC 10 Hg VAC Hg VAC /8 15 1/ Hg VAC Hg VAC Hg VAC Minimum Deadband (psig) 2 Hg SPDT 120 V 240 V AC/DC DA DA DA DA DA A DA DA DA DA DA DA DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA AS DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E SPST Open on Increase 120 V 240 V AC/DC DA DA DA DA DA A DA DA DA DA DA DA DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA AS DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E SPST Close on Increase 120 V 240 V AC/DC DA DA DA DA DA A DA DA DA DA DA DA DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA AS DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA S DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E DA E CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

88 Single Pressure Switches Extremely rugged construction provides excellent reliability in chemical, petroleum and industrial plants. Bellville spring movement permits mounting of control in any position and helps prevent contact chatter. New design also provides high over-pressure protection. Weatherproof housing is standard. Aluminum Press. Chamber Polyamide Diaph. 1003W-A1-D 1004W-A1-D 1005W-A1-D 1006W-A1-D 1007W-A1-D 1008W-A1-D 1009W-A1-D 1000W 316 SS Pressure Chamber FEP Diaphragm 1003W-B3-D 1004W-B3-D 1005W-B3-D 1006W-B3-D 1007W-B3-D 1008W-B3-D 1009W-B3-D Adjustable Operating psig (bar) 5-40 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Approx.* Deadband (Fixed) psig (bar) 2 (.14) 4 (.28) 8 (.55) 15 (1.0) 30 (2.1) 50 (3.5) 75 (5.2) *Deadband 10-15% larger when using 316 SS diaphragm. Change A1 to B2 for 316 SS diaphragm and pressure chamber e.g. 1003W- B2-D. Values shown are for mid-scale. 1000E Weatherproof Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches Visible Setpoint, Fixed Deadband, Pressure s to 1400 psi 1-3/4 [44.45] 3-3/32 [78.56] 2-9/32 [57.94] 5/8 [15.88] 7-17/64 [184.53] 1-11/32 [34.13] 1/4 FEMALE NPT CONNECTION 2-1/4 [57.15] 3/4 FEMALE NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 4 PLACES 3-3/4 [95.25] 2-21/32 [67.47] Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. Temperature Limits: -30 to 170 F (-35 to 77 C). Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206.8 bar). Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, meets NEMA 4X (IP66). Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: 125/250 VAC resistive. 4-1/2 [114.30] 5 [127.00] Explosion-Proof Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches Visible Setpoint, Fixed Deadband, Pressure s to 1400 psi 18 [457.20] LONG 18 AWG LEAD WIRES 1/2 MALE NPT CONDUITCONNECTION Ø17/64 [6.75] MOUNTING HOLES TYP 2 PLACES Electrical Connections: Screw type. Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal thumbwheel. Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. 2-23/64 [59.93] 4-5/32 [105.56] 1-15/32 [37.29] 2-15/16 [74.63] ADJUSTING WHEEL 1-7/8 [47.63] 1/4 FEMALE NPT PRESS. CONNECTION 4-3/8 [111.13] 3-1/4 [82.55] 3-3/4 [95.25] Same rugged construction as used in 1000W plus explosion-proof design are combined in this new unit. UL listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C & D; Class II, Groups E, F & G. Bellville spring movement permits mounting of control in any position and helps prevent contact chatter. High over-pressure protection and vibration resistance are also featured. Aluminum 316 SS Press. Chamber Pressure Chamber Polyamide Diaph. FEP Diaphragm 1003E-A1-J 1003E-B3-J 1004E-A1-J 1004E-B3-J 1005E-A1-J 1005E-B3-J 1006E-A1-J 1006E-B3-J 1007E-A1-J 1007E-B3-J 1008E-A1-J 1008E-B3-J 1009E-A1-J 1009E-B3-J *Deadband 10-15% larger when using 316 SS diaphragm. Change A1 to B2 for 316 SS diaphragm and pressure chamber e.g. 1003E-B2- J. Values shown are for mid-scale. 88 Adjustable Operating psig (bar) 5-40 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Approx.* Deadband (Fixed) psig (bar) 2.5 (.17) 5 (.34) 10 (.69) 18 (1.2) 36 (2.5) 60 (4.1) 90 (6.2) Wetted Materials: See pressure chamber and diaphragm material in model chart. Temperature Limits: -30 to 170 F (-35 to 77 C). Pressure Limit: 3000 psig (206.8 bar). Enclosure Rating: Explosion-proof, UL listed for Class I, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Hermetically sealed optional. Electrical Rating: 125/250/480 VAC res., 125 VDC, 250 VDC. Wiring Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) color-coded leads:n.o. (yellow), N.C. (black), and common (red). Conduit Connection: 1/2 male NPT. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal thumbwheel. Weight: 3 lb (1.4 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, UL.

89 H2 Dual-Action Explosion-Proof Pressure Switches Explosion-proof and Weatherproof Enclosure Ø2-5/8 [66.68] 3-3/8 [85.73] Explosion-Proof, UL & CSA Listed for Class I, Groups B, C & D and Class II, Groups E, F & G. The H2 is designed for sequencing two different actions as pressure of a liquid or gas increases or decreases. The design consists of two concentric pistons operated by a single diaphragm with one pressure chamber. Each piston actuates a separate switch independent of the other. The switches may be adjusted to operate together, at opposite ends of the range or at two intermediate set points. The threaded top is removed to field adjust or service switches without disturbing electrical or pressure connections. The Duotect switch is explosion-proof and weatherproof. It can be mounted in any position and is not affected by vibration. H2S-1 H2S-2 H2S-3 Scan here to watch product video Low psig (bar) 3-40 ( ) ( ) ( ) High psig (bar) 5-75 ( ) ( ) ( ) A1F 5 [127.00] Wetted Materials: 316 SS chamber with FEP diaphragm and Buna-N O- ring standard. Fluoroelastomer or EPDM O-ring optional. Temperature Limit: 275 F (135 C). CSA approved: -20 to 90 C (-4 to 184 F). Pressure Limit: 1500 psig (103 bar). Enclosure Rating: UL listed explosion-proof, Class I, Groups B, C, and D. Class II Groups E, F, and G. Meets NEMA4X (IP66). CSA optional. Class I, Groups B, C & D. Class II, Groups E, F, & G -20 C Tamb 75 C T6 [optional -20 C Tamb 40 C T5] Type 4. Low Cost OEM Pressure Switch Field Installable Weatherproof Enclosure 2-15/16 [74.63] 3/4 NPT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 1/4 NPT CONNECTION Switch Type: Two SPDT snap switches. Electrical Rating: 5 125/250 VAC. 5 A res., 3 A 30 VDC. Gold contacts or 10 A switch optional. Electrical Connections: 18 AWG, 18 (460 mm) long. Conduit Connection: 3/4 female NPT. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal nut. Weight: 2 lb (.9 kg). Deadband: Approximately 10% of range. Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, UL. Single Pressure Switches 3-3/4 [95.25] ø1-53/64 [ø46.43] INSULATIVE BARRIER [OPEN ON TOP] SPDT SNAP SWITCH SET POINT ADJUSTMENT CAP [3] ELECTRICAL TERMINALS GROUND SCREW 5-7/16 [138.11] 4 [101.6] Low cost and precision made, the A1F Pressure Switch is ideal for OEM industrial applications. Wetted materials of 316 SS and fluorocarbon ensure great chemical compatibility with a wide range of process media. The open case style is perfect for panel mounting applications like pump skids. Field-installable weatherproof enclosure is available in polycarbonate offering a low cost weatherproof switch. Superior 15 A contact allows direct control of motors or pumps without the use of external relays, a true cost savings. Features include a convenient indicating scale for quick and easy field adjustment. Deadband at Min A1F-O-SS to 15 (0.14 to 1.03) A1F-O-SS to 75 (0.28 to 5.17) 2 (0.14) 4 (0.27) A1F-O-SS to 225 (0.55 to 15.5) 8 (0.55) A1F-O-SS to 450 (1.1 to 31.0) 15 (1.0) psig (bar) 1/2 NPT [MALE CONNECTION] 1-29/32 1-1/2 [48.41] 1/4 NPT 1-7/16 [38.10] [FEMALE CONNECTION] [36.51] 4-11/16 [119.06] A1F A1F with A-447 Deadband at Max 3 (0.21) 15 (1.0) 25 (1.7) 50 (3.5) ACCESSORY A-447, Weatherproof enclosure; Easy field installation; Meets NEMA 4X, polycarbonate cover with 1/2 NPT female conduit entry. Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Pressure Chamber: 316 SS; Diaphragm: Fluorocarbon. Temperature Limit: -40 to 175 F (-40 to 80 C). Pressure Limits: 750 psig (51 bar). Enclosure Rating: No rating for open construction. Installed properly within an optional A-447 enclosure meets NEMA 4X (IP66) standards. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. 1-17/32 [38.89] 3-1/16 [77.79] Electrical Rating: /240/480 VAC; 1/8 125 VAC; 1/4 250 VAC. Electrical Connection: Screw terminals. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT and 1/2 male NPT. Mounting Orientation: Within 20 of vertical. Set Point Adjustment: Knurled screw cap with indicating scale. Deadband: Fixed. See deadband chart. Weight: 10.5 oz (297 g). Agency Approvals: CE, cul, UL. Weatherproof enclosure. Optional A-447 enclosure factory installed. To order change OŽ to PCŽ. Example: A1F-PC-SS-1-1 CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

90 Single Pressure Switches A1PS/ A1VS A1PS/A1VS Economical Pressure Switches are designed with a 15 Amp SPDT switch for direct control of pumps and motors. Available in pressure, vacuum, or compound ranges, the switches offer a field adjustable set point. Easily adjust the switch by aligning the top of the self locking adjusting nut with the desired setting indicated on the adjacent range scale. Connection is 1/4 male NPT for quick installation and can be mounted in any position. Economical Pressure Switch Vacuum and Compound s Available, Adjustable Set Point 1/4 NPT [60.33] Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Diaphragm: Buna-N; Body with fitting: Zinc alloy, chromate finish. Temperature Limits: -31 to 185 F (-35 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: 600 psig. Vacuum Limits: 29.9 Hg (vacuum and compound models only). Switch Type: SPDT snap action. Ø1.625 [41.28] [92.08] Electrical Ratings: 15 A 250 VAC, 1/2 250 VAC. Electrical Connections: Three screw terminals. Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT. Setpoint: Field adjustable via knurled screw cap. Cycling: Not to exceed 1 Hz. Sensor Element: Diaphragm. Weight: 7.4 oz (209 g). Agency Approvals: UL. A1PS-14 A1PS-24 A1PS-34 A1PS-44 Set Point (kpa) psi (10-24) 3-40 psi (21-276) psi ( ) psi ( ) Repeatability (kpa) ±0.15 psi (1) ±1.0 psi (7) ±5.0 psi (34) ±20.0 psi (138) APS/ AVS Deadband (approx.) (kpa) Set Point (kpa) psi (3-11) 2-5 psi (14-34) A1VS Hg (-20 to -94) A1VS Hg to 3.5 psig (-94 to 24) 5-30 psi (34-207) psi ( ) Adjustable Pressure Switch Vacuum and Pressure s, 5 A Switch, Compact Size.562 MAX [14.27] Repeatability (kpa) ±1.2 Hg (-4) ±0.15 psi (1) Deadband (approx.) (kpa) 3-14 Hg (-10 to -47) psi (3-11) Ø.750 [19.05] MAX [65.79] Miniature APS/AVS Adjustable Switches offer reliable switching for pressure/vacuum alarm, shutdown or control. The units are readily adjustable throughout their range using the locking adjusting ring and indicating pointer. The body is constructed of stainless steel for durability in harsh environments. Switches include 12 (30 cm) wire leads sealed with epoxy for additional protection. Ø1.090 [27.69] Service: Compatible liquids or gases. Wetted Materials: Capsule: 17-7 PH SS; Fitting: 303 SS. Temperature Limits: -65 to 225 F (-54 to 107 C), a set point change of up to 2% when used below -10 F (-23 C) or above 125 F (52 C). Pressure/Vacuum Limits: 150% of range. Switch Type: SPDT snap action. 1/8 NPT Electrical Ratings: VAC, 3 28 VDC. Electrical Connections: 3-wire, 20 AWG insulated with PVC, 12 (30 cm) length. Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT. Setpoint: Field adjustable. Cycling: Not to exceed 20 CPM. Sensor Element: Capsule. Weight: 3 oz (85 g). Agency Approval: UR. Set Point psi (bar) Repeatability Increasing Decreasing psi (bar) APS ( ) APS ( ) APS ( ) APS ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ±0.6(.04) ±1.0(0.7) ±2.0(.14) ±5.0(.35) APS ( ) ( ) ±10.0(.69) Deadband psi (bar) ( ) 1-1.7( ) 1.6-4( ) 2.5-9( ) 5-22( ) AVS-150 AVS-250 AVS-350 Set Point Hg (cm Hg) Vac Increasing Decreasing ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Repeatability Hg (cm Hg) ±1.2(3.1) ±2.0(5.1) ±4.0(10.2) Deadband Hg (cm Hg) ( ) ( ) ( ) 90

91 A6 Durable Pressure Switch Designed for Extended Duty, Simple and Reliable ø1-1/2 [ø38.1] 1/4 NPT A6 Durable Pressure Switches have been specifically designed to stand up to extended duty applications. These switches are constructed with a polyamide film diaphragm and are compatible with a variety of fluids. For ease of installation, the switches come with a 1/4 male NPT process connection and can be mounted in any orientation. The A6 pressure switches are compact and have great setpoint integrity, and feature simple, easy set-point field adjustment. Set Point psi (bar) NC A to 1 (0.03 to 0.07) A to 3 (0.08 to 0.21) A to 7 (0.21 to 0.48) A to 13 (0.55 to 0.90) A to 24 (0.97 to 1.66) A to 50 (1.73 to 3.45) A to 90 (3.52 to 6.21) A to 150 (6.28 to 10.35) A-439 ACCESSORIES A-439, Weatherproof IP65 Cover A-440, Weatherproof IP65 with Fly-wire holes A9 A-440 NO 1.1 to 3.1 ( ) 2.27 to 6.05 ( ) 4.22 to (0.29 to 0.74) 12.3 to 17.5 (0.85 to 1.21) 18.6 to 31.8 (1.28 to 2.19) 33.1 to 61 (2.28 to 4.21) 65.6 to (4.53 to 7.75) to (7.94 to 13.68) #8-32 SCREW TERMINALS 2-7/16 [62] ø1.500 [ø38.1] Service: Air, motor oils, transmission oils, jet fuels, and similar hydrocarbon media. (Not for water use). Wetted Materials: Base: 304 SS; Diaphragm: Polyamide film. Temperature Limits: -40 to 248 F (-40 to 120 C). Pressure Limits: Operating Pressure: 150 psi (10.3 bar) for psi set point ranges, 250 psi (17.2 bar) for psi set-point ranges; Proof Pressure: 500 psi (34.5 bar); Burst Pressure: 750 psi (51.7 bar) for psi set point ranges, 1250 psi (86.2 bar) for psi set-point ranges. Enclosure Rating: General purpose or with cover:ip65 - weatherproof. Snap-Action Pressure Switch High Current Capacity, High Temperature Rating ø1-1/2 [ø38.1] 2 [50.8] A-439 A /16 [58.74] Repeatability: ±10% of set-point. Set Point Tolerance: ±15% of range. Switch Type: 1 SPST NO, 1 SPST NC. NO and NC switch independent from each other. Electrical Ratings: Resistive: 15 6 VDC, 8 12 VDC, 4 24 VDC; Inductive:1 120 VAC, VAC. Electrical Connections: #8-32 screw terminals. Process Connection: 1/4 NPT male. Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position. Set-point Adjustment: Screw. Weight: 0.13 lb (0.06 kg). Agency Approval:CE. Single Pressure Switches 1-7/64 [28.18] 1-57/64 [48.02] 1-35/64 [39.29] A9 Pressure Switches are designed for controlling pressure with higher current capacity. These switches are used widely in steam cleaners, steam irons, and other pressure control systems. It provides SPDT contact and A9 Pressure Switches utilize highquality miniature snap-action switches. The switch is diaphragm operated, boasting a high temperature rating and compact size. Service: Non-hazardous gas, liquid or steam. Wetted Materials: Connection: Copper; Diaphragm: Silicone or SS (see model chart). Temperature Limits: See model chart. Pressure Limit: See model chart. Repeatability: ± 5%. 1/8 NPT ø1-1/2 [ø38.10] Switch Type: SPDT. Electrical Ratings: /250 VAC. Electrical Connections: 1/4 (6.35 mm) male quick connect. Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT. Weight: 2.6 oz (75 g). Deadband: See model chart. A9-1 A9-2 A9-3 A9-4 A9-5 A9-6 psig (bar) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Deadband psig (bar) 2.9 ± 1.5 (0.2 ± 0.1) 2.9 ± 1.5 (0.2 ± 0.1) 2.9 ± 1.5 (0.2 ± 0.1) 3.6 ± 2.2 (0.25 ± 0.1) 5.1 ± 2.9 (0.35 ± 0.2) 8.7 ± 2.9 (0.6 ± 0.2) Max Pressure psig (bar) 43.5 (3.0) 58.0 (4.0) 72.5 (5.0) 87.0 (6.0) (8.0) (10.0) Temperature Limit 185 F (85 C) 257 F (125 C) 257 F (125 C) 257 F (125 C) 257 F (125 C) 257 F (125 C) Diaphragm Material Silicone Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

92 Single Pressure Switches Designed for OEM applications, the A2 is economical and is equipped with high proof pressure capabilities for demanding applications. The A2 is available with either spade terminals or flying leads. Switches with spade terminals can be easily adjusted in the field. A A * A A * A A * A A * A A * A A * psi (bar) 5-25 ( ) 5-25 ( ) 5-25 ( ) 5-25 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) A2 Electrical Connection Spade Terminals Flying Leads Spade Terminals Flying Leads Spade Terminals Flying Leads Spade Terminals Flying Leads Spade Terminals Flying Leads Spade Terminals Flying Leads *Flying lead models are not field adjustable. Set point must be given at time of order. To order a flying lead model add a suffix -PRESET and indicate the set point desired in psi units and whether the trip point is on an increase IŽ or decrease DŽ. Example:A PRESET 5 psi I. (Set point must be in the set point range). CXA Subminiature Pressure Switch Field Adjustable NO/NC NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NC 1/8 NPT 53/64 [21.03] 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-61/64 [49.61] 23/64 [9.13] 15/16 HEX [23.81] 35/64 [13.89] 23/64 [9.13] 1-43/64 [42.47] 1/8 NPT 53/64 [21.03] 23/64 [9.13] Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Polyamide film and brass. Temperature Limits: -40 to 250 F (-40 to 121 C). Pressure Limits: 500 psi (34 bar). Enclosure Rating: IP66 (flying lead models only). Repeatability: ±5% of highest set point. Switch Type: SPST, 100 VA, 42 V. Electrical Connection: 1/4 (6.3 mm) spade terminals or flying leads. Process Connection: 1/8 male NPT. Weight: 0.14 Ib (0.06 kg). Deadband: 1 to 2 psi (0.07 to 0.14 bar). Agency Approvals: CE. Water Pump Pressure Switch Simple, Reliable, Adjustable Set Point and Deadband 15/16 HEX [23.81] 2-9/16 [65] 3-45/64 [94] 3-3/8 [85.5] 2-17/64[57.6] The CXA Water Pump Pressure Switches have been proven reliable for controlling automatic water systems. These switches are very popular for use on water pumping systems. The set point and deadband are both easily adjustable via screws inside the cover. For ease of installation, the switches come with a 1/4 female NPT process connection and can be mounted in any orientation. The series CXA s simple design makes it a great switch for an installer at any skill level. CXA-S1 CXA-S2 CXA-S3 CXA-R1 CXA-R2 CXA-R3 Switch Type NC NC NC NO NO NO psig (bar) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Approx. Adjustable Deadband psig (bar) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Max. Pressure psig (bar) 129 (8.9) 179 (12.3) 204 (14.1) 129 (8.9) 179 (12.3) 204 (14.1) Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: Silicone, steel, and SS. Temperature Limits: 140 F (60 C). Pressure Limits: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Repeatability: ±5 psig (±0.3 bar). Switch Type: SPST snap action (see model chart). Electrical Ratings: VAC, VAC, VAC (3 phase), VDC, VDC, VDC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8 hole for 1/2 conduit hub (2 places). Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position. Setpoint Adjustment: Internal screws. Weight: 0.75 lb (0.34 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE. FEATURES Designed for electrically driven water pumps Suitable for all types of pumps: jets, submersible, reciprocating, etc Direct acting (NC) or reverse acting (NO) available depending on switch type and model number 92

93 CX Compressor Pressure Switch Adjustable Set Point and Deadband, 20 Amp Rating.236 [Ø6.00] OR [Ø6.35] Ø /64 [90] 3-45/64 [94] Ø.236 [Ø6.00]OR Ø.250 [Ø6.35] 3-35/64 [90] 3-45/64 [94] 2-17/64 [57.6] CX-1 CX-4 CX-1 CX-4 The CX Compressor Pressure Switches are designed with a 20 amp normally closed SPST switch for direct control of pumps and motors. The set point and deadband are both easily adjustable via screw terminals inside the cover. For ease of installation, the switches come with a 1/4 female NPT process connection or the optional 4-port connection block on the CX-4 models. Besides making installation easier, one of the other ports can be used to install a pressure gage. Plus, these switches can be mounted in any orientation. These units are perfect for regulating tank pressure on small air compressors. The CX series switches come with an unloader valve, which prevents compressors from starting under load. They also come with an auto/off disconnect lever for manually cutting off the load. When the lever is in the off position, there is a test button inside the housing that can be pushed to turn on the load. CX-11 CX-12 CX-13 CX-41 CX-42 CX-43 Number of Ports psig (bar) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Approx. Adjustable Deadband psig (bar) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Max.Pressure psig (bar) 129 (8.9) 179 (12.3) 204 (14.1) 129 (8.9) 179 (12.3) 204 (14.1) 3-3/8 [85.5] Service: Air and non-combustible compatible gases. Wetted Materials: NBR (Nitrile- Butadiene) rubber diaphragm, steel connection (CX-1), aluminum alloy connection (CX-4). Temperature Limits: 140 F (60 C). Pressure Limits: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Repeatability: ±5 psig (±0.3 bar). Switch Type: 2 each SPST snap action, normally closed (NC). Electrical Ratings: VAC, VAC, VAC (3 phase), VDC, VDC, VDC VAC, VAC, VAC (3 phase), /120/240 VDC. CS & CD Diaphragm Pressure Switches Visible Set Points, Fixed or Adjustable Deadband 2-17/64 [57.5] 3-45/64 [94] 1-27/64 [36] Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8 hole for 1/2 conduit hub (2 places). Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT (CX-4: 4 places). Mounting Orientation: Switch can be installed in any position. Setpoint Adjustment: Internal screws. Weight: CX-1:0.78 lb (0.35 kg); CX-4: 1.03 lb (0.47 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE. Single Pressure Switches 11/16 [17.46] 1/2 [12.7] CONDUIT HOLE CS and CD combine advanced design and precision construction in a small size. Unit is ideal for instrument panels, small compressors and general industrial applications. Visible set point and easy to wire SPDT snap switch reduce installation time. Operates in any position and is vibration resistant. CS-1 CS-3 CS-10 CS-30 CS-150 CD-10 CD-30 Adjustable Operating 1-30 Hg. Vac. ( mm Hg) in w.c. ( kpa) 1-10 psig ( bar) 1-30 psig ( bar) psig ( bar) 1-10 psig ( bar) 1-30 psig ( bar) CD psig ( bar) Deadband Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Deadband Value 1.5 Hg. (38 mm Hg) 7 in w.c. (1.74 kpa) 0.4 psig (0.03 bar) 1.0 psig (0.07 bar) 5 psig (0.35 bar) Min: 1.5 psig (.1 bar), Max: 11.5 psig (.79 bar) Min: 2 psig (.14 bar), Max: 12 psig (.83 bar) Min: 14 psig (.97 bar), Max: 24 psig (1.7 bar) 1-1/16 [26.99] 1-5/16 [33.34] 3-3/16 [80.96] 3 [76.20] 3-3/4 [95.25] 1/4 NPT 2-3/16 [55.56] 3 [76.20] 3-3/4 [95.25] Wetted Materials: Nylon reinforced Buna-N and steel. Temperature Limits: -30 to 150 F (-35 to 66 C). Pressure Limit: 30 psig (2.1 bar) for ranges 1, 3, and 10; 50 psig (3.5 bar) for range 30; 175 psig (12.1 bar) for range 150. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Switch Type: SPDT snap switch. Electrical Rating: VAC, VAC. Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 1/2 hole for conduit hub. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Any position. Set Point Adjustment: Internal screw. Weight:.5 lb (0.23 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, UL. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

94 Single Pressure Switches AP Diaphragm Operated Pressure Switches Visible Setpoint Adjustment, Compact Reliable and convenient, AP pressure switch is a compact switch for instrument air or other low pressure applications. Visible set point and external adjustment add convenience. Used on air, noncorrosive gas or liquid service compatible with wetted parts. Unit also available in weatherproof and explosion-proof housing. AP AP AP Switch* Type SPDT Mercury Mercury Mercury AP Snap AP Snap AP Snap s 10 in vac-50 in w.c. ( kpa) 1-30 psig ( bar) psig ( bar) 10 in vac.-50 in w.c. ( kpa) 1-30 psig ( bar) psig ( bar) *Mercury switch units are not CE approved. MVS Switch Deadband Low High 5 in w.c. 6 in w.c. (1.2 kpa) (1.49 kpa) 0.4 psig 0.75 psig (0.03 bar) (0.05 bar) 2 psig 6 psig (0.14 bar) (0.04 bar) 8 in w.c. 10 in w.c. (2.0 kpa) (2.49 kpa) 0.75 psig 1.5 psig (0.05 bar) (0.10 bar) 3 psig 7 psig (0.21 bar) (0.48 bar) Max. Press. psig (bar) 15 (1.03) 60 (4.14) 160 (11.0) 15 (1.03) 60 (4.14) 160 (11.0) Ø7/8 [22.23] 15/16 KNOCK-OUT HOLE [23.81] 7/8 [22.23] CONDUIT HOLE 2-7/8 [73.03] 2-13/32 [61.13] [2]Ø1/4 [6.35] MOUNTING HOLE WITH SEALING WIRE 1-7/16 [36.52] Wetted Materials: Nylon reinforced Buna-N and steel. PTFE and 316 SS optional. Temperature Limits: -30 to 150 F (-35 to 66 C). Pressure Limit: See model chart. Enclosure Rating: General purpose. Weatherproof and explosion-proof optional. Switch Type: SPDT mercury switch or SPDT snap switch. Other switch types available. Electrical Rating: Mercury switch: VAC/DC, VAC/DC; Snap switch: VAC, VAC, VDC, VDC. 1-1/16 [26.99] 5-1/16 [128.69] 4-11/16 [119.36] Miniature Vacuum Switch SPDT N/O or N/C Switch, Adjustable Set Point, Ideal for OEM s 1-13/16 [46.04] 1 SQ. [25.40] 23/32 [18.26 TYP.] 1/4 [6.35] OR 1/8 NPT VACUUM PORT 1/64 [0.40] MOUNTING HOLE TYP. 4 PLACES 3/16 [4.76] TYP. 3 PLACES 3-1/8 [79.71] 4 [101.60] 1-13/16 1/4 NPT ADJUSTMENT [46.05] SCREW WITH 4-1/8 [104.78] SEALING WIRE Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Conduit Connection: 7/8 (22.23 mm) hole for 1/2 (12.7 mm) conduit hub. Process Connection: 1/4 female NPT. Mounting Orientation: Vertical for mercury switch models, any position for snap switch models. Set Point Adjustment: External screw. Weight: General purpose: 2 lb (0.9 kg). Deadband: See model chart. Agency Approvals: CE, FM, UL. For FM consult factory. (Mercury switch units are not CE approved.) 39/64 [15.48] NO 1-21/32 [42.07] 23/64 [9.13] NC COM Compact, lightweight, and adjustable, the MVS Miniature Vacuum Switch is specially designed for OEM applications. This low cost switch has a minimum life expectancy of 10 million cycles and has an extremely fast response time. Typical applications for the MVS are HVAC, home appliance, dairy systems, medical, office equipment, and pump control. Set Point in H2O (mbar) Minimum Maximum MVS-1 3 (8) 8 (20) MVS-2 9 (21) 80 (199) MVS-3 81 (200) 330 (822) MVS-4* 3 (8) 8 (20) MVS-5* 9 (21) 80 (199) MVS-6* 81 (200) 330 (822) *s have 1/8 male NPT process connections Service: Air or compatible fluids. Wetted Materials: Enclosure: Polycarbonate; Diaphragm: Polyurethane. Temperature Limits: 40 to 150 F (4 to 66 C). Pressure Limits: Up to maximum range. Repeatability: ±20%. Switch Type: SPDT normally open or normally closed. Electrical Rating: 3 to 8 in w.c.: 3A, 125/250 VAC; 9 to 80 in w.c.: 10A, 125/250 VAC; 81 to 330 in w.c.: 15A, 125/250 VAC. Contacts: Silver with brass terminals. Electrical Connections: Terminals x 0.20 spade for use with quick disconnects. Process Connections: s MVS 1 to MVS3: Smooth port 0.25 diameter; s MVS 4 to MVS 6: 1/8 male NPT. Mounting: Use #2 screws through eyelets. Weight: Less than oz (19 g.) Agency Approval: cul, UL. 94

95 DLI2 LCD Pressure Data Logger 1/4 NPT Fitting, Records 262,143 Readings, Front Keypad 5-3/32 [129.54] 3-19/32 [91.44] 1-51/64 [45.72] 4-9/64 [105.16] The DLI2 accurately records pressure and gives instant remote readings. The large, back-lit LCD and 8-button keypad provide convenient access to current data and recorder setup as well as memory and battery levels. The DLI2 can be ordered for absolute or gauge pressure measurements up to 5,000 psi. Using the keypad or software, measurements can be read in psi, in. Hg, mm Hg, bar, atm, Torr, Pa, kpa, or MPa. The large memory capacity allows over 260,000 readings to be stored. The easy to use DL700 software makes creating permanent records, performing data calculations, and graphing of data simple. The DLI2 can easily be started and stopped from a PC or delayed to start up to six months in advance. It can also stop recording at a specific time or after a certain number of readings have been taken. ACCESSORIES DL700, Software, Manual and USB Interface Cable DLI-120, 9 V Power Adapter (North America) DLI-230, 9 V Power Adapter (Europe) DLI2-A08 DLI2-G08 DLI2-A10 DLI2-G10 DLI2-A13 Pressure 0 to 30 psia 0 to 30 psig 0 to 100 psia 0 to 100 psig 0 to 300 psia DLI2-G13 DLI2-A14 DLI2-G14 DLI2-A15 DLI2-A19 DLP Pressure 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psia 0 to 500 psig 0 to 1000 psia 0 to 5000 psia 7/8 HEX 1/4-18 NPT s: 0 to 30 psia (g), 0 to 100 psia (g), 0 to 300 psia (g), 0 to 500 psia (g), 0 to 1000 psia, and 0 to 5000 psia depending on the model. Memory Size: 262,143 readings. Accuracy: 2% FSR, 0.25% at 77 F (25 C) typical. Resolution: psi (30 psi), psi (100 psi), 0.02 psi (300 psi), 0.05 psi (500 and 1000 psi), and 0.2 psi (5000 psi) depending on model. Sampling Method: Stop on memory full or continuous recording. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 2 s to 12 hrs. Computer Requirements: Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows ME, Windows NT, or Windows XP operating system, and one free USB port. Power Requirements: (6) AA alkaline batteries, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 1 yr (approx). Interface: USB port (interface cable required). Housing Material: Black anodized aluminum case. Wetted Material: 316L SS. Weight: 40 oz (1134 g). Agency Approval: CE. Windows, Windows NT, and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Pressure/Temperature Data Logger 1/4 NPT Fitting, Up to 5000 PSIA 6-15/64 [158.43] Single Pressure Data Loggers Ø1-1/4 [31.75] Ø1 [25.40] 1/8 JACK FOR USB INTERFACE CABLE The DLP data logger can record pressure and temperature. The 1/4 NPT fitting comes standard and allows the logger to be adapted to almost any pressure fitting. The internal temperature sensor provides accurate temperature measurements without the need of a separate temperature recorder, and many of the models provide a choice between measuring pressure in PSIA or PSIG. The DLP can easily be started and stopped from a PC or delayed to start up to six months in advance. The battery-powered data logger can store over 16,000 measurements per channel, and the easy to use DL700 software makes retrieving data simple. ACCESSORIES DL700, Software, Manual and USB Interface Cable TL-2150, Replacement battery for DLP DLP-A08 DLP-G08 DLP-A10 DLP-G10 DLP-A13 DLP-G13 DLP-A14 DLP-G14 DLP-A15 DLP-A19 Description 0 to 30 psia Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 30 psig Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 100 psia Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 100 psig Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 300 psia Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 300 psig Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 500 psia Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 500 psig Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 1000 psia Pressure and Temperature Recorder 0 to 5000 psia Pressure and Temperature Recorder 1/4 NPT CONNECTION : Temperature: -40 to 176 F (-40 to 80 C); Pressure: 0 to 30 psia(g), 0 to 100 psia(g), 0 to 300 psia(g), 0 to 500 psia(g), 0 to 1000 psia, and 0 to 5000 psia depending on the model. Memory Size: 16,383 readings per channel. Accuracy: Temperature: ±0.9 F (±0.5 C); Pressure: 2% FSR, 0.25% at 77 F (25 C) typical. Resolution: Temperature: 0.2 F (0.1 C); Pressure: psia(g), psia(g), 0.05 psia(g), 0.05 psia, and 0.2 psia depending on the model. Sampling Method: Stop on memory full. Sampling Rate: Selectable from 2 s to 12 hrs. Computer Requirements: Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows ME, Windows NT, and Windows XP operating system, one free USB port. Power Requirements: 3.6 V TL2150 lithium metal battery, installed functional, user replaceable. Battery Life: 1 yr (approx). Interface: USB port (interface cable required). Material: 303 SS. Weight: 12 oz (340 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

96 Single Pressure Transmitters 644 High Accuracy Pressure Transmitter ±0.05% FS, <±0.25% F.S. Total Error Band 4-3/4 [120.42] 3-5/16 [83.44] 1 [25.63] Ø1-5/16 [Ø33.02] 3 FT CABLE CONNECTION [-L] BAYONET CONNECTOR 6-PIN [-B] 1/4-NPT [-P] 7/16-20 SAE MALE [-S] The 644 High Accuracy Pressure Transmitter is a robust transmitter designed for high accuracy pressure applications. Boasting an accuracy of ±0.05% FS RSS (<±0.25% TEB), the 644 is intended for precise measurements in the critical applications of calibration technology, hydraulic/pneumatic controls, and many more laboratory and industrial settings. The 644 offers multiple measurement options with two output choices (VDC or ma) and ten psig pressure ranges (optional 0 to 15 psia). The robust and compact all stainless steel 644 is available with either a 1/4 male NPT, or 7/16-20 male SAE process connections. Each transmitter is provided with an 11 point NIST traceable calibration certificate. FEATURES High accuracy: ±0.05% F.S. RSS 15 to 1000 psig ranges (optional 0 to 15 psia) Two output options Low thermal error over wide temperature range APPLICATIONS Calibration equipment Test benches Pulp and paper mills Hydraulic/pneumatic controls Transportation Power generation ACCESSORY A-495, 6-pin female bayonet mate connector Electrical Connection Signal Output 644 Process Connection Ex. 644-L-V-00-P -L -B -V -C P -S Industrial PressureTransmitter 3 ft cable Male 6-pin bayonet 0 to 10 volt 4 to 20 ma 0 to psig 0 to 15 psig 0 to 25 psig 0 to 50 psig 0 to 100 psig 0 to 150 psig 0 to 200 psig 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psig 0 to 750 psig 0 to 1000 psig 0 to 15 psia 1/4 male NPT 7/16-20 SAE male Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: 17-4 PH SS. Accuracy: ±0.05% FS RSS. Total Error Band (Includes all thermal effects): <±0.25% FS over entire temperature compensated range. Stability: < 0.15% FS/year. Temperature Limits: -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: Proof pressure and burst pressure: See pressure limits table below. Compensated Temperature : -4 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC for current output; 15 to 30 VDC for voltage output. Minimum Supply Voltage: Min. supply voltage (VDC) for current output = x loop resistance Ω (loop resistance Ω = line resistance + receiver resistance). Output Signal: 0 to 10 VDC (4-wire); 4 to 20 ma (2-wire). Response Time: < 10 ms (voltage output), < 80 ms (current output). Max Current Consumption: 4 to 20 ma: 22 ma; 0 to 10 VDC: 20 ma. Electrical Connections: 3 ft cable or 6-pin male bayonet connector. Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT or 7/16-20 male SAE with O-Ring. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65). Mounting Orientation: Vertical. Weight: 9 oz (254 g). Agency Approval: CE. Number to psig 0 to 15 psig 0 to 25 psig 0 to 50 psig 0 to 100 psig 0 to 150 psig 0 to 200 psig 0 to 300 psig 0 to 500 psig 0 to 750 psig 0 to 1000 psig 0 to 15 psia Proof Pressure 30 psig 30 psig 50 psig 100 psig 200 psig 300 psig 400 psig 600 psig 800 psig 1200 psig 1500 psig 30 psia Burst Pressure 3000 psig 3000 psig 3000 psig 8000 psig psig psig psig psig psig psig psig 3000 psia 96

97 682 Industrial Pressure Transmitter ±0.13% FS Accuracy, External Adjustments, 4 to 20 ma Output 1-31/32 [49.73] The 682 Industrial Pressure Transmitter is designed to withstand environmental effects such as shock, vibration, temperature, and EMI/RFI. The electronics and capacitive sensor are packaged in a welded stainless steel housing and meets NEMA 4 (IP56) protection ratings. The transmitter features external zero and span adjustments and reverse polarity protection. The 682 delivers high performance in tough applications such as off road equipment, hydraulic systems, compressor control, industrial engines, or industrial refrigeration. * to 50 psi to 100 psi to 250 psi to 500 psi Overpressure 150 psi 300 psi 500 psi 1000 psi *Units calibrated in bar also available. Consult factory. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. 1/4 NPT ø2 [50.8] 2 [50.8] 3/4 [19.05] Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Parts: 17-4 PH SS. Accuracy: ±.13% FS (includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability). Temperature Limits: -40 to 260 F (-40 to 125 C) 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Pressure Limit: See table. Compensated Temperature : -4 to 176 F (-20 to 80 C). Thermal Effect: Zero shift: 1.0% FS/100 F span shift: ±1.5% FS/100 F. Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustment: ± 0.5 ma, non-interactive. Response Time: 5 ms. Loop Resistance: 800. Electrical Connections: 2 ft (51 cm) multiconductor cable. Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). Agency Approvals: CE. Shock: 200 g operating. Vibration: 20 g Hz. 681 Sanitary Pressure Transmitter No Liquid Fill Diaphragm, Sanitary Clamp Fitting Single Pressure Transmitters 1/2 NPT [44] [58] [64] The 681 Sanitary Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet sanitary standards for applications in food, dairy, beverage and pharmaceutical processing, liquid level control, and sanitary pipelines. The unit is fully sealed to withstand high pressure washdown in Clean-in-Place (CIP) and Sterilize-in-Place (SIP) installations. The 681 is designed with a unique, no liquid fill diaphragm and a sanitary clamp pressure fitting for easy installation with negligible clamping effect. A conduit fitting, shielded cable with vent tube and sealed screws for zero and span adjustment combine to make the 681 completely watertight to 1 psi to 2 psi to 15 psi to 30 psi to 60 psi Overpressure 50 psi 100 psi 150 psi 150 psi 180 psi Sanitary Clamp Connection Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Parts: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±.20% FS (includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability). Temperature Limits: -40 to 260 F (-40 to 125 C) 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Pressure Limits: See table. Compensated Temperature : 20 to 180 F (-7 to 80 C). Thermal Effect: Zero and span shift: ±2.0% FS/100 F. Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire. Zero and Span Adjustment: ±0.5 ma, non-interactive. Response Time: 10 ms. Loop Resistance: 800. Electrical Connections: 1/2 conduit fitting and strain relief with 15 ft (4.5 m) cable. Process Connection: 2 or 1-1/2 sanitary clamp fitting male NPT. Clamping Effect: Zero and span shift: ±0.15% FS for ranges up to 30 psi; ±0.25% FS for ranges >30 psi. Weight: 8 oz (227 g). Agency Approvals: CE. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

98 Single Pressure Transmitters 672 Low Pressure Transducer Single Pressure Connection, s down to 10 w.c. The 672 Low Pressure Transducer is a perfect solution to any application where a very accurate low pressure transducer is necessary. Using variable capacitance technology, the 672 is designed to measure pressures as low as 10 in w.c. up to 400 in w.c., very low ranges for a single connection pressure transducer. The 672 also features a 0.25% FS accuracy. Use the 672 in liquid level, flood warning, waste water, clean room, and open channel flow applications A A A A A A A A A Operating 0-10 in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c in w.c. Output 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire 4-20 ma, 2-wire Note:For voltage output models change -A to -V. ø1-1/2 [38.10] 1/4 MALE NPT CONNECTION 3-3/4 [95.48] Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 318 duplex SS, ceramic, fluoroelastomer (FKM). Housing Material: 318 stainless steel. Accuracy: ±0.25% F.S (RSS). Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, and nonrepeatability. Stability: 0.25% FS/1 year. Temperature Limits: -40 to 212 F (-40 to 100 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: - 5 to 140 F (-20 to 60 C). Pressure Limits: 29 psi (2 bar) for up to 85 in w.c. (0.2 bar) ranges; 58 psi (4 bar) for 85 to 140 in w.c. (0.2 to 0.35 bar); 73 psi (5 bar) for 141 to 400 in w.c. (0.35 to 1 bar). 673 Pressure Transmitter ±0.25% Full Span Accuracy, 4-20 ma Signal, s to 1000 psi Thermal Effects: Zero: 1.0%FS/100 F (2.0%FS/100 C); Span: 1.0%FS/100 F (2.0%FS/100 C). Power Requirements: 4 to 20 ma: 9 to 35 VDC; 0 to 5 VDC: 7.5 to 35 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma (2-wire) or 0 to 5 VDC (3-wire). Zero & Span Adjustment: ±10% FS each (by potentiometer). Response Time: 5 ms. Max Loop Resistance: k. Electrical Connections: Large DIN connector with mating plug. Process Connection: 1/4-18 NPT male. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Weight: 11.6 oz (330 g). Agency Approval: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. 1/4-18 (22.3 MM) CONDUIT KNOCKOUT Ø1-19/32 [40.48] Ø1-13/32 [35.72] 3-5/8 [92.08] Cable Anchor Conduit Version The low cost 673 Pressure Transmitter is a fixed range transmitter designed for harsh environments and suitable for high shock and vibration applications. Constructed of stainless steel, the 673 provides a 4 to 20 ma output signal with 0.25% accuracy. Use the 673 in industrial OEM equipment, hydraulic systems, HVAC equipment, industrial engines and compressor control psi * 673-1C 673-2C 673-3C 673-4C 673-5C 673-6C 673-7C 673-8C 673-9C C C psi *The model numbers followed by a CŽ represent the conduit version, which is hand tightened to ensure proper electrical seal. 2-23/64 [59.93] 2 [50.8] ø1-5/8 [41.28] 3/4 HEX [19.05 HEX] 1/4 NPT Cable Anchor Service: Liquid, gas, or vapor. Wetted Materials: 17-4 PH SS. Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (RSS), (includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability). Temperature Limits: -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: -40 to 176 F (-40 to 80 C). Pressure Limits: 2 x max range. Thermal Errors: Zero: ±3.6% FS/100 F(100 C); Span: ±2.7% FS/100 F(100 C). Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC. 1-11/16 [42.86] Ø1-5/8 [41.28] 3/4 HEX [19.05 HEX] 1/4 NPT Conduit Version Output: 4 to 20 ma, 2-wire. Zero & Span Adjustment: Fixed. Response Time: 5 ms. Loop Resistance: 0 to 800. Stability: 0.5% FS/year. Shock: 200 g. Vibration: 20 g. Electrical Connections: 2 ft (61 cm) multiconductor cable. Conduit Connection: 1/4-18 (22.3 mm) knockout. Enclosure: Stainless steel and Valox. Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g). Agency Approvals: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT

99 634ES Adjustable Pressure Transmitter 0.5% Full Span Accuracy, s to 5000 psi 1-11/16 [42.86] (3) #10-32 x 1/4 [6.35] DP HOLES 2-1/2 [63.50] EQUALLY SPACED ON A TYP 2-1/2 [63.50] B.C. 1-9/16 [39.69] 634ES Transmitters sense a single pressure for air, compatible gas or liquid and provide 4 to 20 ma output signal. Positive pressure can be measured within an accuracy of ±0.5% of span. The 634ES uses an isolated piezoresistive pressure sensor to produce a resistance change across a wheatstone bridge. Convenient 2-wire operation simplifies installation. Zero and span adjustments are fully protected inside a rugged die cast aluminum enclosure with durable gray polyurethane finish. Enclosure is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) requirements. in psi (bar) 634ES-0 10 (0.69) 634ES-1 30 (2.07) 634ES-2 50 (3.45) 634ES (6.9) 634ES (13.8) 634ES (20.7) 634ES (34.5) 634ES (69) 634ES (138) 634ES (276) Scan here to watch product video Min. in psi (bar) 10 (0.69) 20 (1.38) 40 (2.76) 60 (4.14) 100 (6.9) 250 (17.2) 350 (24.1) 600 (41.4) 1250 (86) 2500 (172) Max. in psi (bar) 20 (1.38) 40 (2.76) 60 (4.14) 120 (8.3) 250 (17.2) 350 (24.1) 600 (41.4) 1250 (86) 2500 (172) 6000 (414) TPT 5-5/16 [134.94] 1/4NPT 1/2NPT 2-7/8 [73.03] Service: Compatible, gases & liquids. Wetted Materials: Types 316, 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.5% FS. Stability: ±1% FS/yr. Temperature Limits: 0 to 140 F (-17.8 to 60 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 20 to 120 F (-6.67 to 48.9 C). Pressure Limit: 1.5x maximum pressure range. Thermal Effect: ±0.025% FS/ F (0.045% FS/ C). Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2-wire). Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. 3/4 NPT Ø3-3/8 [85.73] 25/32 [19.84] 1/16 [1.59] Zero & Span Adjustments: Protected potentiometers located in auxiliary housing. Loop Resistance: 1250 DC max. Current Consumption: 38 ma DC max. Electrical Connections: Terminal block. Process Connection: 1/4 (6.35 mm) female NPT x 1/2 (12.7 mm) male NPT. Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive. Weight: 1 lb 10.6 oz (754 g). Agency Approvals: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers. Example: 634ES-2-NIST. Industrial Pressure Transmitter 17-4PH SS Wetted Parts, Packard Electrical Connection 3-3/8 [85.88] 31/64 [12.15] Single Pressure Transmitters The TPT Pressure Transmitter is the ideal choice for all types of industrial pressure applications. Machined from a solid piece of 17-4PH SS, the TPT provides a leak proof, all metal system without O-rings, welds, or organics exposed to the pressure media. Its design allows for stable operation when subject to shock and vibration. Utilizing piezoresistive technology with digital compensation and temperature correction, the TPT gives high accuracy and stability under harsh environmental conditions. Available in ratiometric and 4 to 20 ma outputs. TPT-R01 TPT-R02 TPT-R03 TPT-R04 TPT-R05 TPT-R06 TPT-C01 TPT-C02 TPT-C03 TPT-C04 TPT-C05 psi (bar) 100 (6.89) 250 (17.24) 500 (34.47) 1000 (68.95) 2500(172.37) 5000 (344.74) 100 (6.89) 250 (17.24) 500 (34.47) 1000 (68.95) 2500 (172.37) Scan here to watch product video Power Requirements (VDC) 4.75 to to to to to to to 30 9 to 30 9 to 30 9 to 30 9 to 30 Output Signal 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 0.5 to 4.5 VDC 4 to 20 ma 4 to 20 ma 4 to 20 ma 4 to 20 ma 4 to 20 ma Service: Compatible liquids and gases. Wetted Materials: 17-4PH SS. Accuracy: ±1% FS (RMS). Stability: < ±0.25% FS per year. Temperature Limits: -13 to 185 F (-20 to 85 C). Compensated Temperature : -13 to 185 F (-20 to 85 C). Pressure Limits: Proof pressure: 2 x FS; Burst pressure: 3 x FS. 35/64 [13.72] 7/8 [22.23] Thermal Effect: Zero shift: ±0.01% FS per 1 C; Span error: ±0.02% FS per 1 C. Power Requirements: See table. Output Signal: See table. Loop Resistance: < 100. Electrical Connection: Packard connector. Process Connections: 1/4-18 male NPT. Shock: ±20 g. Vibration: to 2000 Hz. Weight: 0.20 lb (0.09 kg). For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. ACCESSORY A-960, 3 packard cable CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

100 Single Pressure Transmitters 626 & 628 Industrial Pressure Transmitter Complete Offering of s, Connections and Outputs General Purpose Housing (-GH) General Purpose Housing (-GH) with DIN C Scan here to watch product video 626 with LED Display (CH housing only) *Please see our website for dimensional drawings. Conduit Housing (-CH) The 626 Pressure Transmitters possess a highly precise 0.25% full scale accuracy piezo-resistive sensor contained in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X (IP66) stainless steel general purpose housing or cast aluminum conduit housing. The 628 Pressure Transmitters are ideal for OEMs with 1% full scale accuracy sensors. The transmitter is also available in the general purpose stainless steel housing and the cast aluminum conduit housing. The corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel wetted parts allow the 626 and 628 transmitters to measure the pressure in a multitude of processes from hydraulic oils to chemicals. The 626 and 628 are available in absolute and pressure ranges with a variety of optional outputs, process connections and electrical terminations to allow you to select the right transmitter for your application. APPLICATIONS Compressors Pumping systems Irrigation equipment Hydraulic Industrial process monitoring FEATURES Metal conduit housing option Robust 316 SS oil filled sensor Compact design Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Type 316LSS. Accuracy: 626 : 0.25% F.S.; : 0.20% RSS; 628 : 1.0% F.S.; : 0.5% RSS; 626 Absolute s: 0.5% F.S.; : 0.30% RSS. (Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability.) Temperature Limit: 0 to 200 F (-18 to 93 C). Compensated Temperature : 0 to 175 F (-18 to 79 C). Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/ F (includes zero and span). Pressure Limits: See table. Power Requirements: VDC(for 4-20 ma, 0-5, 1-5, 1-6 VDCoutputs); VDC (for 0-10, 2-10 VDCoutputs); 5 VDC ±0.5 VDC (for VDC ratio-metric output). Output Signal: 4-20 ma, 0-5 VDC,1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or VDC. Response Time: 50 ms. Loop Resistance: Ohms max. R max = 50 (Vps-10) Ohms (4-20 ma output), 5K Ohms (0-5, 1-5, 1-6, 0-10, 2-10, VDCoutput). Stability: 1.0% FS/year (Typ.). Current Consumption: 38 mamaximum (for 4-20 ma output); 10 ma maximum (for 0-5, 1-5, 1-6, 0-10, 2-10, VDC output); 140 ma maximum (for all 626/628/629-CH with optional LED). Electrical Connections: Conduit Housing (-CH): terminal block, 1/2 female NPT conduit; General Purpose Housing (-GH):cable DIN EN C. Process Connection: 1/4 male or female NPT and BSPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 10 oz (283 g). Agency Approvals: CE

101 PressureLimits Number Pressure 0-15 psia 15-0 psia 0-5 psig 0-15 psig 0-30 psig 0-50 psig psig Maximum Pressure (psig) Over Pressure (psig) Number Pressure (psig) Maximum Pressure (psig) Over Pressure (psig) Ordering Chart Accuracy Housing Process Connection Electrical Connection Signal Output Options CH -GH -P1 -P2 -P3 -P5 -P9 -E1 -E3 -E4 -E5 -E6 -E8 -S1 -S2 -S4 -S5 -S7 -AT -NIST -LED 1Available with -GHHousing only 2Available with -CH Housing only 3LED option is not NEMA 4X (IP66) 4Power Requirement: 5 VDC ±10% 0.25% Full-Scale Accuracy 1.0% Full-Scale Accuracy 0-15 psia 0-30 psia 0-50 psia psia psia psia 0-5 psi 0-15 psi 0-30 psi 0-50 psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi bar bar 0-10 bar 0-40 bar Conduit Housing General Purpose Housing 1/4 male NPT 1/4 female NPT 1/4 male BSPT 1/4 female SAE with Refrigerant Valve Depressor 1 1/2 male NPT 1 Cable Gland with 3 of Prewired Cable Cable Gland with 9 of Prewired Cable DIN EN C 1 1/2 female NPT Conduit 2 M-12 4 Pin Connector Packard Connector 4-20 ma 1-5 VDC 0-5 VDC 0-10 VDC VDC 1 Aluminum Tag NIST Traceable Certificate Bright Red LED display 23 Single Pressure Transmitters ACCESSORIES A-164, 16.4 (5 m) cable with M-12 4-pin female connector A-960, 3 packard cable A-961, 9 packard cable A-962, 20 packard cable CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

102 Single Pressure Transmitters Scan here to watch product video 628CR Pressure Transmitter OEM Pressure Transmitter, NEMA 4X (IP66) General Purpose Housing 7/8 [22.23] HEX 2-27/64 [61.52] 3-13/64 [81.36] Ø55/64 [21.83] The 628CR Pressure Transmitter, contains a low cost ceramic sensor enclosed in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X (IP65) stainless steel body. Ideal for the budget conscious OEMs that require high levels of performance, reliability and stability at an unbeatable price. The 628CR enclosure is small and lightweight for optimum compatibility with OEM systems. The design allows for a variety of pressure ranges from 30 to 500 psi and optional electrical connections allowing you to select the right transmitter for your application. APPLICATIONS Pump monitoring Compressors Irrigation equipment HVAC Pneumatic systems Service: Compatible gases and liquids. Wetted Materials: Ceramic, fluoroelastomer, 316LSS. Accuracy: ±1.0% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability). Stability: ±0.25% FS/year. Temperature Limits: 0 to 185 F (-18 to 85 C). Compensated Temperature : 0 to 175 F (-18 to 79 C). PressureLimit: Max pressure:2x range; Burst pressure: 3x range. Thermal Effect: ±0.04% FS/ F. Power Requirements: 9 to 30 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma. Response Time: 3 ms typ. Loop Resistance: max. Current Consumption: 40 ma max. Electrical Connections: Cable or DIN connector. Process Connection: 1/4 male NPT or 1/4 male BSPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 4.0 oz. Agency Approvals: CE. Ordering Chart Accuracy Housing Process Connection Electrical Connection Signal Output Options 628CR GH -P1 -P3 -E1 -E3 -E4 -S1 -AT -NIST 1.0% Full Scale Accuracy 0-30 psi 0-50 psi psi psi psi psi Bar 0-4 Bar 0-6 Bar 0-10 Bar 0-16 Bar 0-25 Bar 0-40 Bar General Purpose Housing 1/4 male NPT 1/4 male BSPT Cable Gland with 3 of Prewired Cable Cable Gland with 9 of Prewired Cable DIN EN C 4-20 ma Aluminum Tag NIST Traceable Certificate 102

103 FDT The FDT Flush Diaphragm Transmitter is designed for highly cyclical conditions. Flush sensor feature prevents any potential inaccuracies due to build-up or blockage which is a typical problem found in most non-flush transmitter sensors. Units have a non-oil filled sensor element that provides resistance to temperature fluctuations. Manufactured from a solid piece of steel, the sensing diaphragm can withstand the most abrasive/cyclical applications. FDT transmitters perform well in high cyclical environments with the presence of water-hammering or spiking. Flush feature greatly reduces chance of leakage. Tough materials allow the unit to withstand harsh process conditions. Advanced manufacturing techniques, extreme environmental burn-in, and thorough residual stress relieving procedures ensure unit will maintain its high performance standard over time. Output Option FDT -A -V NPT -C08 Diaphragm Transmitter 4 to 20 ma 0 to 5 VDC 100 psi 150 psi 200 psi 300 psi 500 psi 1000 psi 2000 psi 5000 psi 1/4 male NPT 0.25% FS accuracy Note: Contact factory for additional range availability. 636 Flush Diaphragm Transmitter Non-liquid Filled, ±0.5% F.S. Accuracy, SS Wetted Parts FLUOROELASTOMER [FKM] O-RING 7/16-20 UNF FLUSH DIAPHRAGM 1 HEX 0-5 VDC 3-3/4 [95.89] 2-1/4 [56.52] FDT-V BENDIX 4 PIN CONNECTOR DTIH-8-4PN FLUSH 1 DIAPHRAGM [25.40] 3/8 [10.16] 1/2 [13.34] Service: Compatible liquids and gases, adhesives, slurries, materials that can harden, or where a pressure cavity is not desired. Wetted Materials: 316 & 15-5 SST. Accuracy: ±0.5% F.S. (includes nonlinearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). Stability: ±0.25% F.S. per year. Temperature Limits: -40 to 200 F (-40 to 93 C). Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 170 F (-18 to 77 C). Pressure Limit: 150% FS; Burst: 200% FS. Thermal Effect: ±1.5% FSO over compensated range. ACCESSORY A-168, Mating connector for 4 pin M-12 FLUOROELASTOMER [FKM] O-RING 7/16-20 UNF 1 HEX 4-20 MA 2-1/2 [63.87] 3 [77.21] FDT-A BENDIX 4 PIN CONNECTOR DTIH-8-4PN 1 [25.40] 3/8 [10.16] 1/2 [13.34] Power Requirements: 8 to 38 VDC. Output Signal: FDT-A: 4 to 20 madc; FDT-V: 0 to 5 VDC. Response Time: <1mS. Loop Resistance: FDT-A: 0 to 1.5 ; FDT-V: 100. Electrical Connections: 4-pin. Process Connection: 7/16-20 UNF male flush diaphragm. Optional 1/4 male NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66). Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position. Weight: 2 oz (57 g). Agency Approval: CE. For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. Fixed Pressure Transmitter Stainless Steel, Explosion-proof, Accuracy ±0.30%, 4-20 ma or 1-5 VDC Signal Single Pressure Transmitters 3/4 NPT #22 AWG LEADS 24 [609.60] LEADS PLUS SHIELD/DRAIN 1-1/4 [31.75] HEX Ø1-25/32 [45.24] 1 [25.40] HEX 1-1/8 [28.58] 1-1/4 [31.75] 4-1/16 [103.19] The 636 Pressure Transmitter is a low cost, fixed range, stainless steel transmitter with ±0.30% accuracy. It is designed to continuously measure pressure for years in even the toughest environmental and media conditions. Select from 4 ranges to 0 to 300 psig (0 to 20 bar) with choice of 4 to 20 ma output (model 636) or 1 to 5 VDC output (model 636LP). Transmitters are explosion-proof, (FM approved) and meet NACE standards for offshore applications. 4 to 20 ma OUT to 5 VDC OUT LP LP LP LP Operating, PSI Operating, Bar For NISTtraceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1. 1/2 NPT Service: Liquid, gas or vapor. Wetted Materials: 316 L SS. Fill Fluid: DC 200 silicone (standard). Accuracy: ±0.30% of calibrated span. Stability: ±0.5% of upper range limit for six months. Temperature Limits: Electronics (ambient): -40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C); Process interface: -40 to 212 F (-40 to 100 C). Pressure Limits: 300% upper range limit. Compensated Temperature : -20 to 180 F (-29 to 82 C). Thermal Effect: (includes zero and span). Between -20 and 180 F (-29 and 82 C). ±2.0% per 50 F (28 C). Power Requirements: 12 to 30 VDC (636), 8 to 14 VDC (636LP), reverse polarity protection. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma DC, limited to 30 ma DC (636), 1 to 5 VDC (636LP). Zero & Span Adjustments: Null: 4.0 ma ±2% span (636),1 VDC ±1% span (636LP); Span: 16.0 ma ±1% span (636), 4 VDC ±1% span (636LP). Loop Resistance: V. Electrical Connection: 3/4 female NPT 24 (61 cm), 22 AWG. Process Connection: 1/2 female NPT. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4 (IP56). Weight: 0.83 Ib (374 g). Agency Approvals: CSA, FM. FM and CSA approved explosion-proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, & D, Class II Groups E, F, & G Class III. CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China

104 Single Pressure Transmitters 3200G Explosion-proof Pressure Transmitter HART, Push Button Configuration, ability (100:1) 3-1/2 [89] 6-1/4 [159] 4-1/4 [108] 2-3/4 [70] 1-1/2 [38] Scan here to watch product video 1/2 NPT The Mercoid 3200G Smart Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessor-based high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push button configuration, and programmable using HART Communication. The 3200G is capable of being configured with the zero and span buttons, a field calibrator is not required for configuration. The transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance. EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in the event of shutdowns or power loss. The 3200G is FM approved for use in hazardous (Classified) locations. The 100:1 rangeability allows the smart transmitter to be configured to fit any application. FEATURES Completely configurable using zero/span buttons (no calibrator required) ability (100:1) High accuracy (±0.075%) Automatic sensor temperature compensation Fail-mode process function Service: Compatible gases, steam, liquids or vapors. Wetted Materials: 316L SS. Accuracy: ±0.075% FS (@ 20 C). ability: 100:1 turn down. Stability: ±0.125% FSO/yr. Temperature Limits: Process: -40 to 248 F (-40 to 120 C); Ambient: Without LCD -40 to 185 F (-40 to 85 C); With LCD -22 to 176 F (-30 to 80 C). Thermal Effect: ±0.125% span/32 C. Power Requirements: 11.9 to 45 VDC. Output Signal: 4 to 20 ma / HART Communication. Response Time: 0.12 seconds. Damping Time: 0.25 to 60 seconds. Loop Resistance: Operation: 0 to 1500 ; HART Communication: 250 to 500. Electrical Connection: Two 1/2 female NPT conduit, screw terminal. Process Connections: 1/2 female NPT. Display: Optional 5 digit LCD. Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) and explosion proof for Class I, Div I Groups A, B, C and D. Weight: 5.5 lb (2.5 kg). Agency Approvals: ATEX, CE, FM. psi (kpa) 3200G-1-FM G-2-FM G-3-FM G-4-FM G-1-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-2-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-3-FM-1-1-LCD 3200G-4-FM-1-1-LCD to 21 (-100 to 150) to 217 (-100 to 1500) 0 to 725 (0 to 5000) 0 to 3600 (0 to 25000) to 21 (-100 to 150) to 217 (-100 to 1500) 0 to 725 (0 to 5000) 0 to 3600 (0 to 25000) Contact factory for custom calibration. Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.) psi (kpa) 0.22 to 21 (1.5 to 150) 2 to 217 (15 to 1500) 7.25 to 725 (50 to 5000) 36 to 3600 (250 to 25000) 0.22 to 21 (1.5 to 150) 2 to 217 (15 to 1500) 7.25 to 725 (50 to 5000) 36 to 3600 (250 to 25000) Max. Pressure psi (bar) 58 (4) 580 (40) 2000 (138) (690) 58 (4) 580 (40) 2000 (138) (690) LCD Display No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes ACCESSORIES A-630, Stainless steel angle type bracket with SSbolts A-631, Stainless steel flat type bracket with SSbolts BBV-0N, 2-valve block manifold DevCom2000, HART Communication Protocol Software HART is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation

105 Example Approval Process Connection Electrical Connection Diaphragm Seal Type MountingFlange Mounting Flange Rating Extension Length Diaphragm Material Fill Fluid Capillary Length Options 3200G 3200G 2 FM FM ATEX WP 3 1 LES S2 A1 05 S 2 05 LCD LED LES LFD LFS S2 S3 A1 A2 D1 D2 J1 J S P H T 2 XX LCD SSH NIST CC 3200G-2-FM-3-1-LESS2A105S2-05-LCD 3200G Explosion-Proof Pressure Transmitter to 21 psig (factory set 0 to 21 psig) to 217 psig (factory set 0 to 217 psig) 0 to 725 psig 0 to 3600 psig 0 to 8500 psig FM approved ATEX approved NEMA 4X (IP66) (Only available with 316 SS housing) 1/2 female NPT Diaphragm seal 1/2 female NPT 1 extended diaphragm seal direct mount 1 extended diaphragm seal capillary type high 1 flush diaphragm seal direct mount 1 flush diaphragm seal capillary type 2 (50 mm) 316L SS 3 (80 mm) 316L SS ANSI class 150# ANSI class 300# DIN PN 10/16 DINPN 25/40 JIS 10 K JIS 20 K No extension (standard for flush mount) 2 extension 4 extension 6 extension 316L SS diaphragm PTFE and 316L SS diaphragm Hastelloy C-276 diaphragm Tantallum diaphragm Silicon oil (-40 to 400 F) 0 to 20 feet 5 digit LCD 316 SS housing (Only available with WP approval) NIST calibration Custom calibration Single Pressure Transmitters Custom Calibration Values Primary Units Upper Limit Lower Limit Damping Time Display Mode in H2O, ft H2O, mm H2O, in Hg, psig, g/cm 2, kg/cm 2, Pa, kpa, bar, mbar, Torr, Atm, mm Hg 20 ma value 4 ma value 0 to 60 seconds Primary unit, %, ma, rotate DevCom2000 HART Communication Protocol Software Includes USB HART Modem DevCom2000 Software HART Field Device The DevCom2000 HART Communicator Software turns your PC into a fullfeatured HART communicator. Now it is possible to configure transmitters and control valves at the desktop or in the field. DevCom2000 uses device descriptions (DDs) to retrieve data that is stored in the memory of smart field devices. This software is a simple, reliable and secure method to add new measurement values to control systems without the need of additional wires. This software eliminates the need to purchase and maintain a separate handheld HART communicator. FEATURES Complete DD library Includes USB HART modem USB 1.1 and 2.0 compatible Self powered modem DevCom2000, HART Communicator Software Windows -Based PC HART Communicator Software DD Library: Included. Generic DD: Included. Operating System: Windows NT, Windows 2000, WindowsXP, Windows Vista (32/64), Windows 7 (32/64). USB HART MODEM Material: High strength ABS plastic. Temperature Limits: 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F). Storage Temperature: -40 to 85 C (-40 to 185 F). Humidity: 0 to 99% (non-condensing). HART Cable Length: 4 (1.2 m). USB HART Modem HART Cable Connectors: Minigrabber. USB Cable Length: 18 (0.5 m). USB Cable Connector: USB Type A. USB: USB 1.1, USB 2.0. Power: USB port provides power to unit. Current Draw: 20 ma. Output: 600 mvpp. Leakage: < 10 ua. Isolation Voltage: 1500 VDC. HART : HART 4, HART 5, HART 6, HART 7, HART Physical Layer Spec HCF_SPEC-54. Weight: 3 oz (85 g). Agency Approval: CE. Windows, Windows Vista, Windows NT, Windows XP, are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation CONTACT US U.S. 219/ U.K. (+44) (0) A.U. (+61) (0) China